roof replacement and associated work at the upton …

ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE

UPTON POLICE STATION 30 SCHOOL STREET

UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS

July 31, 2019

ADDENDUM NO. 1

Prepared For:

Engineer:

Town of Upton Gale Associates, Inc. 1 Main Street 163 Libbey Parkway Upton, MA 01568 Weymouth, MA 02189 GALE JN 834820

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000000 - 1 of 2

ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE UPTON POLICE STATION

30 SCHOOL STREET UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Title Page Table of Contents BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Page No. Invitation to Bid .................................................................................................................................1 Information for Bidders .................................................................................................................. 2-6 Bidders Certification Regarding Bids Based on Payment of Prevailing Wages .................................7 Certificate as to Corporate Bidder .....................................................................................................8 Certificate of Tax Compliance ...........................................................................................................9 Certificate of Non-Collusion ............................................................................................................ 10 General Bid Form .................................................................................................................. 4 pages CONTRACT FORMS Contract .................................................................................................................................... 12-16 Certificate of Vote ..................................................................................................................... 17-18 Contractor’s Guarantee............................................................................................................. 19-20 Certificate of Dumping Facilities ...................................................................................................... 21 Contractor’s Certification Regarding Payment of Prevailing Wages................................................ 22 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Wage Rate Information ............................................................................................. WR-1 to WR-39

GENERAL CONDITIONS

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 011100 Summary of Work Section 012200 Unit Prices Section 012300 Alternates Section 013300 Submittal Requirements Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 016300 Weather Protection and Materials Storage Section 017000 Project Close-Out

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

Section 024100 Selective Demolition

DIVISION 05 - METALS

Section 053000 Metal Deck Repairs and Replacement

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000000 - 2 of 2

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

Section 061000 Rough Carpentry

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE SYSTEMS

Section 072400 Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) Section 073100 Asphalt Shingle Roofing – Alternate Work Only Section 075400 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing Section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Section 077100 Roof Specialties DIVISION 09 – PAINTING Section 099123 Painting

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

Section 223000 Plumbing

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

Section 261000 Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects Section 264100 Lightning Protection

CONTRACT DRAWINGS DRAWING NO. TITLE

G100 COVER SHEET G101 ROOF CROSS SECTIONS & CONCEPTUAL TAPERED INSULATION PLAN G102 EXISTING PHOTGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION G103 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN A101 POLICE STATION ROOF AREA PLAN A102 FIRE STATION ROOF AREA PLAN A501 ROOF DETAILS A502 ROOF DETAILS A503 ROOF DETAILS A551 TYPICAL DETAILS A552 TYPICAL DETAILS

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 000001 - TOC.docx

1

INVITATION TO BID Police Station Roof Replacement

UPTON, MA The Town of Upton, Massachusetts will receive sealed bids for the contracting of services to replace the roof at the Police Station. One (1) original copy of the sealed bids for the above-named contracted services must be submitted to the Selectmen’s Office by mail to 1 Main Street, Upton, MA 01568, prior to 2:00 PM on Thursday, August 8, 2019 at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud. All bids shall be accompanied by a Bid Deposit in an amount that is not less than five percent (5%) of the bid amount and made payable to the “Town of Upton” in the form of a bid bond, or made payable to the “Town of Upton” in the form of a certified or cashier’s check. Bid Bonds shall be a) in a form satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, b) with a surety company qualified to do business in the Commonwealth and, c) conditioned upon the faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the bid. General bidders shall be pre-qualified by the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management and Maintenance (DCAMM) for the category of Roofing. General bids shall be accompanied by a DCAMM Certificate of Eligibility for the category, and an Update Statement. Failure to provide a valid DCAMM Certificate of Eligibility and an Update Statement will result in the bid being rejected. There will be a walkthrough of the site on Wednesday, July 31, 2019 at 2:00 PM at the Police Station. Bidders are encouraged to attend and are cautioned to carefully examine the Contract Documents, the site, and the documents relating to existing conditions contained within the specifications. Any addenda that may be issued will be sent to those firms that register on the town’s website for bid documents.

All bids for this project are subject to the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 - 27b inclusive and Section 44A - 44I inclusive. Attention is directed to the minimum wage rates to be paid on the work as determined by the Commissioner of Labor and Workforce Development.

The Town of Upton reserves the right to accept any or any part of bids, to reject any, all, or any part of bids, to waive any formalities or informalities in the bidding process, and to award the bid deemed to be in the best interest of the Town. No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the bid opening. Copies of the Bid Package shall be obtained in person at the Selectmen’s Office, 1 Main Street, Upton, MA 01568, (508) 529-6901, during the hours of 8:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m. Monday to Thursday or at: www.uptonma.gov (under “Procurement”) upon registration.

Derek S. Brindisi Town Manager Town of Upton

http://www.uptonma.gov/


2


UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1. Access to Buildings to Inspect Existing Conditions Before Bidding

A pre-bid meeting and walkthrough has been scheduled on Wednesday, July 31, 2019 at 2:00 p.m. All interested bidders are urged to attend. Access at other times may be limited. Bidders are encouraged to visit the project site at the 30 School Street Upton, Massachusetts. Arrangements for site visits must be made in advance. Visitors must be accompanied by a staff member.

2. Preparation of Bids One (1) original copy of the sealed bids for the above-named contracted services must be

submitted to the Selectmen’s Office by mail or in person to 1 Main Street, Upton, MA 01568, prior to 2:00 p.m. on Thursday, August 8, 2019 at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud.

All bids for this project are subject to the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 - 27b inclusive and Section 44A - 44I inclusive. Attention is directed to the minimum wage rates to be paid on the work as determined by the Commissioner of Labor and Workforce Development.

2. General Bid Requirements

General bidders shall be pre-qualified by the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management and Maintenance (DCAMM) for the category of Roofing. General bids shall be accompanied by a DCAMM Certificate of Eligibility for the category, and an Update Statement. Failure to provide a valid DCAMM Certificate of Eligibility and an Update Statement will result in the bid being rejected.

3. General Bid Deposit Each General Bid must be accompanied by a bid deposit in the form of a Bid Bond, certified

check, or cashier's check, issued by a responsible bank or trust company, payable to the “Town of Upton” in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid price. The Bid deposit will be retained from the three lowest responsible and eligible bidders until a Contract is executed. Bidders other than the three lowest will have bid deposits returned within five (5) days.

Bid Bonds shall be a) in a form satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, b) with a surety company qualified to do business in the Commonwealth and, c) conditioned upon the faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the bid.

3

4. Drawing and Specifications

Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available in person at the Selectmen’s Office, 1 Main Street Upton, MA 01568, during the hours of 8:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m. Monday to Thursday, or for download at www.uptonma.gov (under “Procurement”) upon registration.

5. Laws and Regulations The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable Federal laws, State laws,

municipal by-laws, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over the construction of the work shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though written out in full.

6. Conditions of the Contract Areas Each bidder must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the scope of work, project

site conditions and employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to carry out the provisions of the contract work scope. Insofar as possible, the Contractor must not interfere with the normal operations of the building.

7. Obligation of Bidder At the time of opening of the bids, each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site

and to have read and become familiar with the Contract Documents (including all addenda), as well as all statutes, by-laws and regulations affecting his bid. Failure by omission of any bidder to inspect the site and/or to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect to his bid.

8. Bonds The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a 100% Performance Bond and 100%

Labor and Materials Payment Bond from a surety company approved by the Owner. The Contractor will pay the premium and include the fee in his bid.

9. Rates This cost shall include complete manpower costs involved with accomplishing the required

work including trucks, tools and equipment.



4

10. Permits The Contractor shall be responsible to obtain any necessary permits for work directed under

this Contract. Payments for such will be made on the basis of billed cost by the Contractor. This pay provision relates to permits that are exclusive, and a ‘one-time use’ type permit for work performed under this Contract.

11. Award

The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, if it be in the public interest to do so, and to act upon the bids and make its award in any lawful manner. Notice of intent to enter into contract will be given to the lowest responsible and eligible bidder within thirty (30) days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the bids. The Contractor is required to hold his bid for a period of thirty (30) days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded. This notice shall be binding until a contract to perform work is issued. Project award is contingent upon the Owner’s funding of the work. The Awarding Authority will reject general bids when required to do so by the above-referenced General Laws. In addition, the Awarding Authority reserves the right to waive any informalities in bidding and to reject any and all general bids if it deems it to be in the public interest to do so. In the event that a successful bidder should fail or refuse to execute and deliver the Contract and Bonds required within ten (10) days after issuance by the Owner, he shall forfeit to the Owner as liquidated damages his bid deposit.

12. Time of Completion

The Contractor of Award shall commence work within 10 days of receipt of written notice to proceed from the Owner, unless otherwise ordered in writing by the Owner. It is the intent of this project for the installation of the work to be performed as soon as possible:

i. Substantial Completion shall be achieved by Friday, November 15, 2019.

ii. Final Completion shall be achieved by Friday, November 22, 2019.

Liquidated damages will be assessed if Final Completion is not achieved by November 22, 2019. Final Completion shall be determined after the Contractor certifies in writing completion of all remaining items noted on the Architect/Engineer or Owner’s punch list. Refer to the Special Conditions section of the Bidding Requirements for information regarding liquidated damages.

13. Liquidated Damages: Liquidated damages for not completing the work within the time limit will be assessed to the

Contractor. The liquidated damages will be in the amount of $1,000.00 per calendar day minimum, plus the costs of all engineering, Owner’s Project Management, and inspection

5

services. The $1,000.00 per calendar day is a minimum damage figure to compensate the Owner for administrative costs in the event of delay and shall not limit in any way the liability of the Contractor for damages, in excess of $1,000.00 per day for other non-administrative damages, in particular damages for breach of contract.

14. Work Hours and Schedule:

The building will not be occupied or in use during construction. The Contractor may occupy the building and perform renovation work at the subject facility in accordance with the following schedule: a. Work hours for this project shall be Monday through Friday 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

Any work outside of this time will require prior approval from the Town and the Police Department.

b. Saturday work requires prior approval from the Town and the Police Department. c. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 24 hour notice to the Town and Police

Department prior to any scheduled or as needed service, maintenance, or inspection. d. The bidder shall submit a construction schedule as part of its bid package, and the

Contractor of Award shall update such schedule weekly during construction. 15. Hazardous Materials

The removal of Hazardous Materials was not included in the scope of work as this current roof system was constructed around 1990 and as such is not expected to be encountered during demolition.

16. Required Submissions with Bids

The following documents are to be submitted with each bid. Failure of a bidder to make all required submissions may cause the Owner to consider the bid unacceptable. a. Bid Form b. Bid Deposit c. Prevailing Wage Documents d. Certificate of Tax Compliance e. Certificate of Corporation, if bidder is incorporated. f. Certificate of Non-Collusion g. Division of Capital Asset Management Certificate of Eligibility h. Contractor Qualification Update Statement

17. Inspection and Testing

6

The Owner, or the Owners representatives reserves the right to inspect any and all work in progress or completed. Any omission or failure on the part of the Owner’s Representative to disapprove or reject inferior or defective work on the materials shall not be construed to be an acceptance of any such work or material. If any defective work or materials is found during inspection, the Contractor shall remove or repair, at his expense, such defective work or material rejected and shall rebuild and/or replace same without extra charge to the Owner. If the Contract Documents, the Owner’s or his agent’s instructions, or laws, ordinances or regulations of any public authority require any work to be tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner or his agent timely notice of its readiness for inspection by the proper authorities. If any such work shall be covered up without approval or consent, it must, if required by the Owner or his agent or other proper authorities, be uncovered for examination at Contractor’s expense.

18. Warranty of Materials and Workmanship

Any defective workmanship shown to be caused by improper or faulty installation shall cause the Contractor to correct, repair and replace all material and labor at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor will warrant that all workmanship shall be first class and shall be performed by persons qualified in their respective trades.

19. CORI and SORI Forms

Each employee of the Contractor and Subcontractor that will be present on the project site must fill out a Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI) and Sex Offender Registry Information (SORI) form and present a valid and legal picture identification card to the authorized CORI and SORI representative at the Police Department for a criminal background check to be performed prior to accessing the site. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Police Department and Town for CORI and SORI forms and process. The Contractor shall use trained personnel who are directly employed and supervised by the Contractor and have been cleared by a Town and Police Department CORI and SORI investigation, or other security credentials as may be required by the Owner.

20. Interpretation of Drawings and Specifications Questions concerning the interpretation or intent of the drawings or specifications shall be send electronically by email and be addressed to: Mr. Brian H. Neely, Project Manager, Gale Associates, Inc., [email protected] Mr. Jeffrey M. Ziske, Staff Engineer, Gale Associates, Inc., [email protected]

Questions/RFI’s will be accepted until Monday, August 5, 2019 at 2:00 PM.

mailto:[email protected]




7



BIDDER’S CERTIFICATION REGARDING BIDS BASED ON PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGES

The undersigned bidder hereby certifies, under the pains and penalties of perjury, that the foregoing bid is based upon the payment to laborers to be employed on the project of wages in an amount no less than the applicable prevailing wage rates established for the project by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The undersigned bidder agrees to indemnify the awarding authority for, from and against any loss, expense, damages, actions or claims, including any expense incurred in connection with any delay or stoppage of the project work, arising out of or as a result of (1) the failure of the said bid to be based upon the payment of the said applicable prevailing wage rates or (2) the failure of the bidder, if selected as the Contractor, to pay laborers employed on the project the said applicable prevailing wage rates.

DATED:___________ NAME OF BIDDER: BY: NAME: TITLE:

8

CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER



I , certify that I am the of the Corporation

named as bidder in the attached Bid Form; that , who signed said Bid

Form on behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know

his/her signature hereto is genuine and that said Bid Form was duly signed, sealed and executed for

and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.

(Corporate Seal) By: Name - Type or Print Signature This Certificate must be completed where Bidder is a Corporation and should be so completed by its Clerk. In the event that the Clerk is the person signing the Proposal on behalf of the Corporation, this certificate must be completed by another Officer of the Corporation.

9

REVENUE ENFORCEMENT AND PROTECTION ACT

CERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCE


UPTON POLICE STATION UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS

Pursuant to M.G.L. Chapter. 62C, Section 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that the within named bidder has filed all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. ____________________________ Social Security Number or Signature of Individual Federal Identification Number or Corporate Name By: Corporate Officer (if applicable) This form shall be submitted by all bidders.

10

TOWN OF UPTON

CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION



The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that this proposal has been made and submitted in good faith and without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this certification the word “person” shall mean any natural person, business, partnership, corporation, union, committee, club or other organization, entity, or group of individuals. FIRM SIGNATURE ADDRESS NAME (print) TITLE TELEPHONE DATE

_________________________________ CONTRACTOR

GENERAL BID FORM GENERAL BIDDER

Page 1 of 4 GENERAL BID FORM



Date: , 2019 To: Town of Upton – The Awarding Authority A. The undersigned (hereinafter called the Contractor) proposes to furnish all labor, equipment and

materials required for the ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE UPTON POLICE STATION, Upton, Massachusetts in accordance with the accompanying Plans and Specifications prepared by Gale Associates, Inc., of Weymouth, Massachusetts, for the amounts listed in Items C through below, subject to additions and deductions in accordance with the terms of the Specifications. It being understood that the Town of Upton (hereinafter called the Owner) will be the sole judge as to acceptance of Bids and Contract Award.

B. This bid includes addenda numbered:

Number Date

C. BASE BID: The proposed total contract amount to install all work associated with the Base Bid, including the

Unit Price work as described in and in accordance with the Contract Document is: Dollars ($ ).

D. SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

1. The proposed alternate contract amount to perform isolated steep sloped asphalt

shingle repairs at the Upton Fire Station as outlined in Alternate No. 1, in Section 01 23 00 Alternates as described in and in accordance with the Contract Document is:

Dollars ($ ).

2. The proposed alternate contract amount to replace the existing asphalt shingle roof on the North roof eave (to a point 12’ above the eave) at the Upton Fire Station as outlined in Alternate 2, in Section 01 23 00 Alternates as described in and in accordance with the Contract Document is:

Dollars ($ ).

3. The proposed alternate contract amount to install snow melt wire system at the Upton Fire Station as outlined in Alternate No. 3, in Section 01 23 00 Alternates as described in and in accordance with the Contract Document is:

Dollars ($ ).

GENERAL BID FORM Page 2 of 4

E. UNIT PRICES:

The Unit Prices established below are above and beyond those shown on the Contract Drawings and shall be carried by the Contractor/Subcontractor within the Base Bid Scope of Work. The Contractor’s Schedule of Values will carry each item under the bid amount selected for this project. Should the unit price work not be performed on this project, the total amount, or remaining amount if portions of unit price work are performed, shall be credited to the Owner.

Specification Section

Item Estimated Quantity (beyond

drawings)

Unit of Measure

Unit Price Dollar/Cents

Total Amount Dollar/Cents

053000

Repair surficial rusted areas of metal decking

100 Square Feet

$________

$_________

061000 Replacement of deteriorated wood blocking

50 Board Feet

$________

$_________

061000 Replacement of deteriorated plywood sheathing

96 Square Feet

$________

$_________

061000 Wood plank replacement 20 Board Feet

$________

$_________

072400 EIFS crack repair 10

Linear Feet

$________

$_________

072400 EIFS wall replacement 20

Square Feet

$________

$_________

264100 Conductor cable replacement (Copper)

100 Linear Feet

$________

$_________

264100 Replacement air terminal unit

10 Units $________

$_________

264100 Replacement base plates 10 Units $________

$_________


F. The undersigned agrees that if selected as the Contractor, within five (5) days, Saturdays,

Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the Awarding Authority, the Contractor will execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of this General Bid and furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, and each in the sum of 100% of the Contract Price, the premiums of which are to be paid by the Contractor and included in the Contract Price.

G. Bidder proposes to provide all labor and materials necessary to complete the work, as specified

in the Contract Documents, and as is reasonably expected due to existing conditions and required construction, within the completion time specified in this General Bid Form.

H. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with

all other elements of the labor employed, or to be employed on the work, and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to Chapter 149, Section 44A. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word “person” shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity.

I. The undersigned hereby certifies that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have

successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A.

J. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not

presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of Section 29F of Chapter 29, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.

K. The Contractor hereby certifies, under the pains and penalties of perjury, that the foregoing

bid is based upon the payment to laborers to be employed on the project of wages in an amount no less that the applicable prevailing wage rates established for the project by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The undersigned bidder agrees to indemnify the awarding authority for, from and against any loss, expense, damages, actions or claims, including any expense incurred in connection with any delay or stoppage of the project work, arising out of or as a result of (1) the failure of the said bid to be based upon the payment of the said applicable prevailing wage rates or (2) the failure of the bidder, if selected as the contractor, to pay laborers employed on the project the said applicable prevailing wage rates.

L. The Contractor hereby further certifies that the undersigned has examined the documents

relating to the existing building(s).


M. The Contractor acknowledges the stringent requirements of the Owner with respect to the

Contract Time for the Work and Portions thereof, and recognizes that the construction schedule may require that work proceed on an accelerated basis. The Bidder therefore agrees that the Work of his own forces shall be performed on an overtime and/or double-shift basis, if and to the extent necessary in order that the construction schedule be met. Neither overtime nor double-shift work shall be grounds for any claims for additional compensation to the Bidder. None of the requirements herein shall be construed as relieving the Bidder of his responsibility to conduct his operations in conformance with local ordinances or requirements established by the Commonwealth.

Company Name Address By: (Name of Authorized Signature) Title: Signature: NOTE: Form shall be sealed if Bidder is a Corporation.

12



TOWN OF UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made this ____ day of __________, 20__ by and between the TOWN of UPTON, a municipal corporation duly organized under the laws of Massachusetts and having a usual place of business at 1 Main St, Upton MA 01568, Massachusetts, hereinafter referred to as the “TOWN”, and ___________________________, [a _____________ corporation] having a usual place of business at ___________________________, hereinafter referred to as the “CONTRACTOR”.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the TOWN invited the submission of proposals for the purchase and delivery of ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE UPTON POLICE STATION UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS, hereinafter “the Project”; and WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR submitted a Proposal to perform the work required to complete the Project; and WHEREAS, the TOWN has decided to award the contract therefor to the CONTRACTOR. NOW, THEREFORE, the TOWN and the CONTRACTOR agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,

_____________________________________________________________________(eg: the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders and the CONTRACTOR’s Proposal). The Contract Documents constitute the entire Agreement between the parties concerning the work, and all are as fully a part of this Agreement as if attached hereto.

2. THE WORK. The Work consists of ______________________________________, as more

fully described in the Contract Documents as defined above. 3. TERM OF CONTRACT. This Agreement shall be in effect from ___________and shall

expire on _________________, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms hereof. 4. COMPENSATION.

A. The TOWN shall pay the CONTRACTOR as full compensation for the performance of the work outlined in Section 2 above the contract sum of $__________.

13

B. The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment for items and/or services provided shall be deemed a release of the TOWN from any and all claims and liabilities under this Agreement.

C. Neither the TOWN's review, approval or acceptance of, nor payment for any of the items

and/or services provided shall be construed to operate as a waiver of any rights of the TOWN under the Agreement or any cause of action arising out of the performance of the Agreement.

D. The TOWN shall cancel this Agreement if funds are not appropriated or otherwise made

available to support continuation of performance in any fiscal year succeeding the current fiscal year as required by G.L. c. 30B, 12(c)(3).

5. PAYMENT OF COMPENSATION. The TOWN shall make payments within thirty (30)

days after its receipt of Invoice. 6. LIABILITY OF THE TOWN. The TOWN’s liability hereunder shall be to make all

payments when they shall become due, and the TOWN shall be under no further obligation or liability. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to render the TOWN or any elected or appointed official or employee of the TOWN, or their successors in office, personally liable for any obligation under this Agreement.

7. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that it is acting as an independent contractor for all work and services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, and shall not be considered an employee or agent of the TOWN for any purpose.

8. INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold the TOWN

harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, actions, causes of actions, costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, arising out of the CONTRACTOR's breach of this Agreement or the negligence or misconduct of the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR's agents or employees.

9. INSURANCE.

A. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement the insurance coverage in companies licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and acceptable to the TOWN, as set forth below:

General Liability Bodily Injury Liability $1,000,000 per occurrence Property Damage Liability $ 500,000 per occurrence (or combined single limit) $1,000,000 per occurrence Automobile Liability Bodily Injury Liability $1,000,000 per occurrence Property Damage Liability $ 500,000 per occurrence (or combined single limit) $1,000,000 per occurrence

14

Workers’ Compensation Insurance Coverage for all employees in accordance with Massachusetts General Laws Professional Liability Insurance Minimum Coverage $1,000,000 per occurrence

B. All policies shall identify the TOWN as an additional insured (except Workers'

Compensation) and shall provide that the TOWN shall receive written notification at least 30 days prior to the effective date of any amendment or cancellation. Certificates evidencing all such coverages shall be provided to the TOWN upon the execution of this Agreement. Each such certificate shall specifically refer to this Agreement and shall state that such insurance is as required by this Agreement. Failure to provide or to continue in force such insurance shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and shall be grounds for immediate termination.

10. ASSIGNMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall not assign, sublet or otherwise transfer this

Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the TOWN, and shall not assign any of the moneys payable under this Agreement, except by and with the written consent of the TOWN.

11. TERMINATION. A. Termination for Cause. If at any time during the term of this

Agreement the TOWN determines that the CONTRACTOR has breached the terms of this Agreement by negligently or incompetently performing the work, or any part thereof, or by failing to perform the work in a timely fashion, or by failing to perform the work to the satisfaction of the TOWN, or by not complying with the direction of the TOWN or its agents, or by otherwise failing to perform this Agreement in accordance with all of its terms and provisions, the TOWN shall notify the CONTRACTOR in writing stating therein the nature of the alleged breach and directing the CONTRACTOR to cure such breach within ten (10) days. The CONTRACTOR specifically agrees that it shall indemnify and hold the TOWN harmless from any loss, damage, cost, charge, expense or claim arising out of or resulting from such breach regardless of its knowledge or authorization of the actions resulting in the breach. If the CONTRACTOR fails to cure said breach within ten (10) days, the TOWN may, at its election at any time after the expiration of said ten (10) days, terminate this Agreement by giving written notice thereof to the CONTRACTOR specifying the effective date of the termination. Upon receipt of said notice, the CONTRACTOR shall cease to incur additional expenses in connection with this Agreement. Upon the date specified in said notice, this Agreement shall terminate. Such termination shall not prejudice or waive any rights or action which the TOWN may have against the CONTRACTOR up to the date of such termination, and the CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the TOWN for any amount which it may be required to pay in excess of the compensation provided herein in order to

complete the work specified herein in a timely manner. Upon such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to compensation for all satisfactory work completed prior to the termination date, as determined by the TOWN.

15

B. Termination for Convenience. The TOWN may terminate this Agreement at any time for convenience by providing the CONTRACTOR written notice specifying therein the termination date which shall not be sooner than ten days from the issuance of said notice. Upon receipt of said notice, the CONTRACTOR shall cease to incur additional expenses in connection with this Agreement. Upon such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to compensation for all satisfactory work completed prior to the termination date, as determined by the TOWN, such payment not to exceed the fair value of the services provided hereunder.

12. INSPECTION AND REPORTS. The TOWN shall have the right at any time to inspect the work of the CONTRACTOR, including the right to enter upon any property owned or occupied by CONTRACTOR, whether situated within or beyond the limits of the TOWN. Whenever requested, CONTRACTOR shall immediately furnish to the TOWN full and complete written reports of his operation under this Contract in such detail and with such information as the TOWN may request.

13. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all applicable royalties and

license fees. In addition, the CONTRACTOR hereby represents that it is duly authorized to use any process or other intellectual property rights held by third parties in the performance of this Agreement, it shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or other intellectual property rights and shall indemnify and hold the TOWN harmless from loss on account thereof.

14. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement is binding upon the parties hereto, their

successors, assigns and legal representatives. Neither the TOWN nor the CONTRACTOR shall assign or transfer any interest in the Agreement without the written consent of the other.

15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all Federal, State

and local laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the work provided pursuant to this Agreement, such provisions being incorporated herein by reference, and shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary licenses, permits, and approvals required for the performance of such work.

16. NOTICE. Any and all notices, or other communications required or permitted under this

Agreement, shall be in writing and delivered by hand or mailed postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by registered or certified mail or by other reputable delivery service, to the parties at the addresses set forth on Page 1 or furnished from time to time in writing hereafter by one party to the other party. Any such notice or correspondence shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, if so mailed, when deposited with the U.S. Postal Service or, if sent by private overnight or other delivery service, when deposited with such delivery service.

17. SEVERABILITY. If any term or condition of this Agreement or any application thereof

shall to any extent be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable by the court of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining terms and conditions of

16

this Agreement shall not be deemed affected thereby unless one or both parties would be substantially or materially prejudiced.

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in

accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the CONTRACTOR submits to the jurisdiction of any of its appropriate courts for the adjudication of disputes arising out of this Agreement.

19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including all documents incorporated herein by

reference, constitutes the entire integrated agreement between the parties with respect to the matters described. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations and representations, either written or oral, and it shall not be modified or amended except by a written document executed by the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

I certify that an appropriation TOWN OF _____________________, MA is available in the amount of this Contract. By its: _____________________________ _____________________________ Town Accountant _____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________

Approved as to Form: CONTRACTOR: _____________________ _____________________________ Town Counsel (Signature)

_____________________________ (Name and Title)

119962

17

Page 1 of 2 CERTIFICATE OF VOTE


UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS I, , Clerk of hereby certify that, at a meeting of the Board of Directors of said Corporation duly held on , 2019 (DATE MUST BE EARLIER THAN DATE OF CONTRACT) at which a quorum was present and voting throughout, the following vote was duly passed and is now in full force and effect: “VOTED: That (Name of Officer authorized to sign for Corporation) be and hereby is authorized, directed and empowered for, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to sign, seal with the corporate seal, execute, acknowledge and deliver all contracts, bonds and other obligations of the Corporation; the execution of any such contract, bond or obligations by such (Name of Officer) to be valid and binding upon this Corporation for all purposes, and that a Certificate of the Clerk of the Corporation setting forth this vote shall be delivered to the Town and that this vote shall remain in full force and effect unless and until the same has been altered, amended or revoked by a subsequent vote of such directors and a certificate of such later vote attested by the Clerk of this Corporation is delivered to the Town. I further certify that (Name of Officer) is the duly elected of said Corporation. (Title) Signed Date (Clerk-Secretary) Place of Business Date of Contract

18

Page 2 of 2 AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL COUNTERSIGNATURE: Date (Name and Title of Officer) In the event that the Clerk or Secretary is the same person as the Officer authorized to sign that contract or other instrument for the Corporation, this certificate must be countersigned by another officer of the Corporation.

19

Page 1 of 2

CONTRACTOR’S GUARANTEE


UPTON, MASSACHUSETTS WHEREAS (Contractor) of (Address) herein called "the Contractor" has completed construction of the following project: Owner: Address of Owner: Title of Project: Location: Date of Completion: Date Guarantee Expires: Whereas, at the inception of such work the Contractor agreed to guarantee the construction against faulty materials or workmanship for a limited period and subject to the conditions set forth: Now, therefore, the Contractor hereby guarantees, subject to the conditions herein set forth, that during a period of two (2) years from the date of completion of said construction, it will, at its own cost and expense, following receipt of written notice, make or cause to be made such repairs to said construction resulting solely from faults or defects in materials or workmanship applied by or through the Contractor as may be necessary to maintain the construction in defect-free condition.

20

Page 2 of 2 This guarantee is made subject to the following conditions: Specifically excluded from this guarantee is any and all damage caused by the following lightning,

hailstorm or other unusual phenomena of the elements; foundation settlement or cracking; defects or failure of materials not installed by the Contractor; faulty construction other than that installed by or for the Contractor; or fire.

1. No work shall be done on said construction, including, but without limits to equipment

fastened to or set on the construction unless the contractor shall be first notified and shall make, at the expense of the Owner, the necessary related construction application thereto. Failure to observe this condition shall render this guarantee null and void.

2. The undersigned agrees to bear the expense of examination and repair of any construction

defects due to improper application as specified above, and the Owner is to bear expense if resulting from other cause or causes.

3. This guarantee runs in favor of Owner only and is not transferable.

Additional Conditions: This Contractor Warranty is in Addition to all other legal and specified Warranties and Guarantees required in the project's Contract Documents for materials, systems and performance of the manufacturer or supplier. In Witness Whereof, this instrument has been duly executed this day of , 2019. Name of Contractor By: Authorized Signature (Seal) Title: NOTE: Form shall be sealed if Contractor is a Corporation.

21

CERTIFICATE OF DUMPING FACILITIES



Date I, certify that I have dumping facilities available at and use of such facilities during the term of the contract will comply with Federal, State and local requirements. Signature of Authorized Representative of Contractor Name and Address of Contractor Signature of Authorized Representative of Disposal Facility Name and Address of Disposal Facility

22



CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION REGARDING PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGES

In accordance with the requirements of G.L.c.149, δ27B, the Contractor shall submit, and shall require all of its sub-contractors required to keep a record of hours and wages paid to laborers employed on the project to submit to the awarding authority, on a weekly basis, copies of such records. All such weekly submissions shall be accompanied by the following certification:

The undersigned contractor hereby certifies, under the pains and penalties of perjury, that the foregoing payroll records are true and accurate records of the wages paid to laborers employed on the project for the period stated and said wages are in an amount no less than the prevailing wage rates established for the project by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The undersigned contractor agrees to indemnify the awarding authority for, from and against any loss, expense, damages, actions or claims, including any expense incurred in connection with any delay or stoppage of the project work, arising out of or as a result of (1) the Contractor’s failure to pay laborers employed on the project the said applicable prevailing wage rates; (2) the failure of the foregoing payroll records to accurately state the said applicable prevailing wage rates; or (3) the failure of the foregoing payroll records to accurately represent the wages actually paid to laborers employed on the project.

DATED:___________ CONTRACTOR: BY: NAME: TITLE: END OF SECTION I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 000002 front end.docx

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS

As determined by the Director under the provisions of the

Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H

EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT

Prevailing Wage RatesCHARLES D. BAKER ROSALIN ACOSTA

SecretaryGovernor

WILLIAM D MCKINNEY

Upton Police Station - Remove and replace single-ply low slope roof and associated work. Project includes

minor EIFS repairs.

Director

Awarding Authority: Town of Upton

City/Town:Contract Number: 834820 UPTON

Description of Work:

Job Location: 30 School Street, Upton, MA 01568

Wage Request Number: 20190710-072Issue Date: 07/11/2019

Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors

• This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the

“Wage Request Number” on all pages of this schedule.

• An Awarding Authority must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards (“DLS”) if it has

not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. For CM AT RISK

projects (bid pursuant to G.L. c.149A), the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the bid for the first

construction scope of work must be within 90-days of the wage schedule issuance date.

• The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L. c. 149,

§ 27. The wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract awarded for the project. The wage schedule must be posted in a

conspicuous place at the work site for the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149 § 27. The wages listed on the

wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project whether they are employed by the prime

contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor.

• All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Department of Labor

Standards, Division of Apprentice Standards (DLS/DAS). Apprentice must keep his/her apprentice identification card on

his/her person during all work hours on the project. An apprentice registered with DAS may be paid the lower apprentice

wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. Any apprentice not registered with DLS/DAS

regardless of whether or not they are registered with any other federal, state, local, or private agency must be paid the

journeyworker's rate for the trade.

• The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year public construction

projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule.

Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the

contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor. For multi-year CM AT RISK projects, awarding

authority must request an annual update no later than two weeks before the anniversary date, determined as the earlier of: (a)

the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the execution date of the first amendment to permit procurement of

construction services. Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities, and to pay no less than

these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F “rental of equipment” contracts.

• Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll

reports and a Statement of Compliance directly to the awarding authority by mail or email and keep them on file for three years.

Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee’s name, address, occupational classification, hours worked, and wages

paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at

http://www.mass.gov/dols/pw.

• Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative

obligation to inquire with DLS at (617) 626-6953.

• Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor

Division of the office of the Attorney General at (617) 727-3465.

• Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who

perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and

KARYN E. POLITO

Lt. Governor

Classification Total RateBase Wage Health PensionSupplemental

UnemploymentEffective Date

Construction

(2 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENTTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$58.86 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.25 $12.70

$59.36 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.25 $12.70

$60.38 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.25 $13.72

$61.28 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.15 $13.72

$61.78 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.15 $13.72

$62.88 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.15 $14.82

$63.68 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $35.95 $14.82

$64.18 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.95 $14.82

$65.37 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.95 $16.01

(3 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENTTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$58.93 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.32 $12.70

$59.43 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.32 $12.70

$60.45 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.32 $13.72

$61.35 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.22 $13.72

$61.85 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.22 $13.72

$62.95 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.22 $14.82

$63.75 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82

$64.25 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82

$65.44 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.02 $16.01

(4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENTTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$59.05 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.44 $12.70

$59.55 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.44 $12.70

$60.57 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.44 $13.72

$61.47 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.34 $13.72

$61.97 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.34 $13.72

$63.07 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.34 $14.82

$63.87 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.14 $14.82

$64.37 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.14 $14.82

$65.56 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.14 $16.01

ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOTPILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$128.85 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $97.80 $21.15

$133.83 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $102.78 $21.15For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"

AIR TRACK OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$57.43 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.70 $14.88

$58.29 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.56 $14.88

$59.18 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.45 $14.88

$60.07 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $37.34 $14.88

$60.99 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.26 $14.88

$61.90 12/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $39.17 $14.88For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"

ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS)HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (WORCESTER)

$57.40 06/01/2019 $12.50 $0.00 $36.40 $8.50

$58.40 12/01/2019 $12.50 $0.00 $37.40 $8.50

$59.40 06/01/2020 $12.50 $0.00 $38.40 $8.50

$60.40 12/01/2020 $12.50 $0.00 $39.40 $8.50

Issue Date: Wage Request Number:07/11/2019 Page 2 of 3920190710-072



ASPHALT RAKERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


ASPHALT/CONCRETE/CRUSHER PLANT-ON SITEOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60

$81.43 12/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $53.83 $15.60For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"

BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADEROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60


BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$57.43 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.70 $14.88

$58.29 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.56 $14.88

$59.18 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.45 $14.88

$60.07 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $37.34 $14.88

$60.99 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.26 $14.88


BOILER MAKERBOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29

$69.50 01/01/2019 $7.07 $0.00 $44.71 $17.72

$71.15 01/01/2020 $7.07 $0.00 $46.10 $17.98




BOILERMAKER - Local 29Apprentice -

01/01/2019

Health PensionSupplemental

UnemploymentStep Apprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent

Effective Date -

1 $29.06 $7.07 $11.52 $0.00 $47.65 65

2 $29.06 $7.07 $11.52 $0.00 $47.65 65

3 $31.30 $7.07 $12.40 $0.00 $50.77 70

4 $33.53 $7.07 $13.30 $0.00 $53.90 75

5 $35.77 $7.07 $14.18 $0.00 $57.02 80

6 $38.00 $7.07 $15.07 $0.00 $60.14 85

7 $40.24 $7.07 $15.95 $0.00 $63.26 90

8 $42.47 $7.07 $16.84 $0.00 $66.38 95

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 65

2 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 65

3 $32.27 $7.07 $12.59 $0.00 $51.93 70

4 $34.58 $7.07 $13.49 $0.00 $55.14 75

5 $36.88 $7.07 $14.38 $0.00 $58.33 80

6 $39.19 $7.07 $15.29 $0.00 $61.55 85

7 $41.49 $7.07 $16.18 $0.00 $64.74 90

8 $43.80 $7.07 $17.09 $0.00 $67.96 95

Notes:

Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4

BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY

WATERPROOFING)BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (WORCESTER)

$82.22 02/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $51.41 $20.06

$83.71 08/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $52.26 $20.70

$84.31 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $52.86 $20.70

$85.81 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $54.21 $20.85

$86.41 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $54.81 $20.85

$87.97 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $56.21 $21.01

$88.55 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $56.79 $21.01




BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON - Local 3 WorcesterApprentice -

02/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $25.71 $10.75 $20.06 $0.00 $56.52 50

2 $30.85 $10.75 $20.06 $0.00 $61.66 60

3 $35.99 $10.75 $20.06 $0.00 $66.80 70

4 $41.13 $10.75 $20.06 $0.00 $71.94 80

5 $46.27 $10.75 $20.06 $0.00 $77.08 90

08/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $26.13 $10.75 $20.70 $0.00 $57.58 50

2 $31.36 $10.75 $20.70 $0.00 $62.81 60

3 $36.58 $10.75 $20.70 $0.00 $68.03 70

4 $41.81 $10.75 $20.70 $0.00 $73.26 80

5 $47.03 $10.75 $20.70 $0.00 $78.48 90

Notes:


BULLDOZER/GRADER/SCRAPEROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MANLABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE

$64.15 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.25 $16.05

$65.15 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $41.25 $16.05

$66.14 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $42.24 $16.05

$67.12 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $43.22 $16.05

$68.14 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $44.24 $16.05


CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORERLABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE

$63.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $39.10 $16.05

$64.00 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.10 $16.05

$64.99 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $41.09 $16.05

$65.97 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $42.07 $16.05

$66.99 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $43.09 $16.05





CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MANLABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE

$63.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $39.10 $16.05

$64.00 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.10 $16.05

$64.99 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $41.09 $16.05

$65.97 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $42.07 $16.05

$66.99 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $43.09 $16.05


CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


CARPENTERCARPENTERS -ZONE 2 (Eastern Massachusetts)

$69.75 03/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $42.35 $17.50

CARPENTER - Zone 2 Eastern MAApprentice -

03/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $21.18 $9.90 $1.73 $0.00 $32.81 50

2 $25.41 $9.90 $1.73 $0.00 $37.04 60

3 $29.65 $9.90 $12.31 $0.00 $51.86 70

4 $31.76 $9.90 $12.31 $0.00 $53.97 75

5 $33.88 $9.90 $14.04 $0.00 $57.82 80

6 $33.88 $9.90 $14.04 $0.00 $57.82 80

7 $38.12 $9.90 $15.77 $0.00 $63.79 90

8 $38.12 $9.90 $15.77 $0.00 $63.79 90

Notes:

% Indentured After 10/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80

Step 1&2 $30.69/ 3&4 $36.59/ 5&6 $53.59/ 7&8 $59.55


CARPENTER WOOD FRAMECARPENTERS -ZONE 2 (Wood Frame)

$42.45 04/01/2019 $7.07 $0.00 $27.52 $7.86

$42.88 10/01/2019 $7.07 $0.00 $27.95 $7.86All Aspects of New Wood Frame Work




CARPENTER (Wood Frame) - Zone 2Apprentice -

04/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $16.51 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $23.58 60

2 $16.51 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $23.58 60

3 $17.89 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $32.82 65

4 $19.26 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $34.19 70

5 $20.64 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $35.57 75

6 $22.02 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $36.95 80

7 $23.39 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $38.32 85

8 $24.77 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $39.70 90

10/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $16.77 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $23.84 60

2 $16.77 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $23.84 60

3 $18.17 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $33.10 65

4 $19.57 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $34.50 70

5 $20.96 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $35.89 75

6 $22.36 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $37.29 80

7 $23.76 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $38.69 85

8 $25.16 $7.07 $7.86 $0.00 $40.09 90

Notes:

% Indentured After 10/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80

Step 1&2 $19.45/ 3&4 $26.96/ 5&6 $34.19/ 7&8 $36.95


CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERINGBRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (WORCESTER)

$81.51 07/01/2019 $12.75 $0.62 $45.73 $22.41

$82.92 01/01/2020 $12.75 $0.62 $47.14 $22.41




CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING - WorcesterApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $22.87 $12.75 $15.41 $0.00 $51.03 50

2 $27.44 $12.75 $17.41 $0.62 $58.22 60

3 $29.72 $12.75 $18.41 $0.62 $61.50 65

4 $32.01 $12.75 $19.41 $0.62 $64.79 70

5 $34.30 $12.75 $20.41 $0.62 $68.08 75

6 $36.58 $12.75 $21.41 $0.62 $71.36 80

7 $41.16 $12.75 $22.41 $0.62 $76.94 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $23.57 $12.75 $15.41 $0.00 $51.73 50

2 $28.28 $12.75 $17.41 $0.62 $59.06 60

3 $30.64 $12.75 $18.41 $0.62 $62.42 65

4 $33.00 $12.75 $19.41 $0.62 $65.78 70

5 $35.36 $12.75 $20.41 $0.62 $69.14 75

6 $37.71 $12.75 $21.41 $0.62 $72.49 80

7 $42.43 $12.75 $22.41 $0.62 $78.21 90

Notes:

Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs. All other steps are 1,000 hrs.


CHAIN SAW OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


CLAM SHELLS/SLURRY BUCKETS/HEADING MACHINESOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$76.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.18 $15.60

$77.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $50.33 $15.60

$79.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.43 $15.60

$80.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $52.58 $15.60

$81.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $53.68 $15.60


COMPRESSOR OPERATOROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$59.88 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $32.28 $15.60

$60.67 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $33.07 $15.60

$61.42 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $33.82 $15.60

$62.20 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $34.60 $15.60

$62.95 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $35.35 $15.60

$63.74 12/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $36.14 $15.60




For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"

DELEADER (BRIDGE)PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$80.31 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $50.66 $21.45

$81.26 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $50.96 $22.10

$82.36 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $52.06 $22.10

$83.46 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $53.16 $22.10

PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $25.33 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $33.53 50

2 $27.86 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $41.84 55

3 $30.40 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $44.90 60

4 $32.93 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $47.96 65

5 $35.46 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $61.96 70

6 $38.00 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $65.03 75

7 $40.53 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $68.08 80

8 $45.59 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $74.19 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $25.48 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $33.68 50

2 $28.03 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $42.17 55

3 $30.58 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $45.26 60

4 $33.12 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $48.34 65

5 $35.67 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $62.38 70

6 $38.22 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $65.47 75

7 $40.77 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $68.56 80

8 $45.86 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $74.73 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


DEMO: ADZEMANLABORERS - ZONE 2

$63.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $39.30 $15.85


DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$64.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.30 $15.85


DEMO: BURNERSLABORERS - ZONE 2

$63.75 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.05 $15.85


DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$64.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.30 $15.85





DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$63.75 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.05 $15.85


DEMO: WRECKING LABORERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$63.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $39.30 $15.85


DIRECTIONAL DRILL MACHINE OPERATOROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


DIVERPILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$96.25 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $65.20 $21.15


DIVER TENDERPILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$77.62 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $46.57 $21.15


DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT)PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$100.91 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $69.86 $21.15


DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT)PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$128.85 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $97.80 $21.15


ELECTRICIANELECTRICIANS LOCAL 96

$70.83 07/01/2019 $10.72 $0.00 $44.07 $16.04

ELECTRICIAN - Local 96Apprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $17.63 $10.72 $0.53 $0.00 $28.88 40

2 $18.95 $10.72 $0.57 $0.00 $30.24 43

3 $21.15 $10.72 $12.93 $0.00 $44.80 48

4 $24.24 $10.72 $13.27 $0.00 $48.23 55

5 $28.65 $10.72 $13.88 $0.00 $53.25 65

6 $35.26 $10.72 $14.81 $0.00 $60.79 80

Notes:

Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs.

Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3***

ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41

$86.20 01/01/2019 $15.58 $0.00 $53.11 $17.51

$88.99 01/01/2020 $15.73 $0.00 $54.85 $18.41

$91.88 01/01/2021 $15.88 $0.00 $56.69 $19.31

$94.86 01/01/2022 $16.03 $0.00 $58.62 $20.21




ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR - Local 41Apprentice -

01/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $26.56 $15.58 $0.00 $0.00 $42.14 50

2 $29.21 $15.58 $17.51 $0.00 $62.30 55

3 $34.52 $15.58 $17.51 $0.00 $67.61 65

4 $37.18 $15.58 $17.51 $0.00 $70.27 70

5 $42.49 $15.58 $17.51 $0.00 $75.58 80

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $27.43 $15.73 $0.00 $0.00 $43.16 50

2 $30.17 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $64.31 55

3 $35.65 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $69.79 65

4 $38.40 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $72.54 70

5 $43.88 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $78.02 80

Notes:

Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year


ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPERELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41

$70.27 01/01/2019 $15.58 $0.00 $37.18 $17.51

$72.54 01/01/2020 $15.73 $0.00 $38.40 $18.41

$74.87 01/01/2021 $15.88 $0.00 $39.68 $19.31

$77.27 01/01/2022 $16.03 $0.00 $41.03 $20.21For apprentice rates see "Apprentice - ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR"

FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


FIELD ENG.INST.PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWYOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$70.78 05/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $43.68 $15.60

$71.78 11/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $44.68 $15.60

$72.93 05/01/2020 $11.50 $0.00 $45.83 $15.60

$73.93 11/01/2020 $11.50 $0.00 $46.83 $15.60

$75.08 05/01/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $47.98 $15.60

$76.08 11/01/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $48.98 $15.60





FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWYOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$72.27 05/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $45.17 $15.60

$73.28 11/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $46.18 $15.60

$74.43 05/01/2020 $11.50 $0.00 $47.33 $15.60

$75.44 11/01/2020 $11.50 $0.00 $48.34 $15.60

$76.60 05/01/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $49.50 $15.60

$77.61 11/01/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $50.51 $15.60


FIELD ENG.ROD PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWYOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$49.58 05/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $22.48 $15.60

$50.17 11/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $23.07 $15.60

$50.84 05/01/2020 $11.50 $0.00 $23.74 $15.60

$51.43 11/01/2020 $11.50 $0.00 $24.33 $15.60

$52.11 05/01/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $25.01 $15.60

$52.71 11/01/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $25.61 $15.60


FIRE ALARM INSTALLERELECTRICIANS LOCAL 96

$70.83 07/01/2019 $10.72 $0.00 $44.07 $16.04

For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN"

FIRE ALARM REPAIR / MAINT/COMMISSIONINGELECTRICIANS LOCAL 96

$70.83 07/01/2019 $10.72 $0.00 $44.07 $16.04


FIREMAN (ASST. ENGINEER)OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$67.14 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $39.54 $15.60

$68.09 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $40.49 $15.60

$69.00 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $41.40 $15.60

$69.95 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $42.35 $15.60

$70.86 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $43.26 $15.60


FLAGGER & SIGNALERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$45.23 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $22.50 $14.88

$46.23 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $23.50 $14.88

$46.23 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $23.50 $14.88

$47.23 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $24.50 $14.88

$47.23 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $24.50 $14.88


FLOORCOVERERFLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE II

$67.24 03/01/2016 $9.80 $0.00 $39.82 $17.62




FLOORCOVERER - Local 2168 Zone IIApprentice -

03/01/2016



Effective Date -

1 $19.91 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $31.50 50

2 $21.90 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $33.49 55

3 $23.89 $9.80 $12.25 $0.00 $45.94 60

4 $25.88 $9.80 $12.25 $0.00 $47.93 65

5 $27.87 $9.80 $14.04 $0.00 $51.71 70

6 $29.87 $9.80 $14.04 $0.00 $53.71 75

7 $31.86 $9.80 $15.83 $0.00 $57.49 80

8 $33.85 $9.80 $15.83 $0.00 $59.48 85

Notes: Steps are 750 hrs.

% After 09/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 (1500hr Steps)

Step 1&2 $29.51/ 3&4 $35.22/ 5&6 $51.71/ 7&8 $57.49


FORK LIFT/CHERRY PICKEROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60


GENERATOR/LIGHTING PLANT/HEATERSOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$59.88 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $32.28 $15.60

$60.67 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $33.07 $15.60

$61.42 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $33.82 $15.60

$62.20 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $34.60 $15.60

$62.95 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $35.35 $15.60


GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR

SYSTEMS)GLAZIERS LOCAL 35 (ZONE 2)

$69.81 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $40.16 $21.45

$70.76 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $40.46 $22.10

$71.86 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $41.56 $22.10

$72.96 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $42.66 $22.10




GLAZIER - Local 35 Zone 2Apprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.08 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.28 50

2 $22.09 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $36.07 55

3 $24.10 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $38.60 60

4 $26.10 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $41.13 65

5 $28.11 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $54.61 70

6 $30.12 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $57.15 75

7 $32.13 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $59.68 80

8 $36.14 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $64.74 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $20.23 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.43 50

2 $22.25 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $36.39 55

3 $24.28 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $38.96 60

4 $26.30 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $41.52 65

5 $28.32 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $55.03 70

6 $30.35 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $57.60 75

7 $32.37 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $60.16 80

8 $36.41 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $65.28 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


HOISTING ENGINEER/CRANES/GRADALLSOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60

$81.43 12/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $53.83 $15.60




OPERATING ENGINEERS - Local 4Apprentice -

06/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $26.50 $12.00 $0.00 $0.00 $38.50 55

2 $28.91 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $56.51 60

3 $31.32 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $58.92 65

4 $33.73 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $61.33 70

5 $36.14 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $63.74 75

6 $38.54 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $66.14 80

7 $40.95 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $68.55 85

8 $43.36 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $70.96 90

12/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $27.13 $12.00 $0.00 $0.00 $39.13 55

2 $29.60 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $57.20 60

3 $32.06 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $59.66 65

4 $34.53 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $62.13 70

5 $37.00 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $64.60 75

6 $39.46 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $67.06 80

7 $41.93 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $69.53 85

8 $44.40 $12.00 $15.60 $0.00 $72.00 90

Notes:


HVAC (DUCTWORK)SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63

$64.37 07/01/2019 $10.64 $1.77 $35.74 $16.22

$65.62 01/01/2020 $10.64 $1.77 $36.99 $16.22For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER"

HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS)ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 96

$70.83 07/01/2019 $10.72 $0.00 $44.07 $16.04


HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR)SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63

$64.37 07/01/2019 $10.64 $1.77 $35.74 $16.22

$65.62 01/01/2020 $10.64 $1.77 $36.99 $16.22For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER"

HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER)PLUMBERS LOCAL 4

$69.82 03/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $44.81 $15.21

$70.62 09/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $45.61 $15.21

$71.42 03/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $46.41 $15.21

$72.42 09/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $47.41 $15.21

$73.42 03/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $48.41 $15.21

$74.42 09/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $49.41 $15.21

$75.42 03/01/2022 $9.80 $0.00 $50.41 $15.21For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"




HVAC MECHANICPLUMBERS LOCAL 4

$69.82 03/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $44.81 $15.21

$70.62 09/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $45.61 $15.21

$71.42 03/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $46.41 $15.21

$72.42 09/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $47.41 $15.21

$73.42 03/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $48.41 $15.21

$74.42 09/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $49.41 $15.21


HYDRAULIC DRILLSLABORERS - ZONE 2

$57.43 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.70 $14.88

$58.29 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.56 $14.88

$59.18 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.45 $14.88

$60.07 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $37.34 $14.88

$60.99 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.26 $14.88


INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS)HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (WORCESTER)

$70.48 09/01/2018 $12.50 $0.00 $42.38 $15.60

$72.73 09/01/2019 $12.50 $0.00 $44.63 $15.60

ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) - Local 6 WorcesterApprentice -

09/01/2018



Effective Date -

1 $21.19 $12.50 $11.40 $0.00 $45.09 50

2 $25.43 $12.50 $12.24 $0.00 $50.17 60

3 $29.67 $12.50 $13.08 $0.00 $55.25 70

4 $33.90 $12.50 $13.92 $0.00 $60.32 80

09/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $22.32 $12.50 $11.40 $0.00 $46.22 50

2 $26.78 $12.50 $12.24 $0.00 $51.52 60

3 $31.24 $12.50 $13.08 $0.00 $56.82 70

4 $35.70 $12.50 $13.92 $0.00 $62.12 80

Notes:

Steps are 1 year


IRONWORKER/WELDERIRONWORKERS LOCAL 7 (WORCESTER AREA)

$77.86 03/16/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $46.36 $23.50




IRONWORKER - Local 7 WorcesterApprentice -

03/16/2019



Effective Date -

1 $27.82 $8.00 $23.50 $0.00 $59.32 60

2 $32.45 $8.00 $23.50 $0.00 $63.95 70

3 $34.77 $8.00 $23.50 $0.00 $66.27 75

4 $37.09 $8.00 $23.50 $0.00 $68.59 80

5 $39.41 $8.00 $23.50 $0.00 $70.91 85

6 $41.72 $8.00 $23.50 $0.00 $73.22 90

Notes:

Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4

Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:

JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


LABORERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $33.95 $14.88

$57.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.81 $14.88

$58.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.70 $14.88

$59.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.59 $14.88

$60.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.51 $14.88

$61.15 12/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.42 $14.88




LABORER - Zone 2Apprentice -

06/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.37 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $43.10 60

2 $23.77 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $46.50 70

3 $27.16 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $49.89 80

4 $30.56 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $53.29 90

12/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.89 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $43.62 60

2 $24.37 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $47.10 70

3 $27.85 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $50.58 80

4 $31.33 $7.85 $14.88 $0.00 $54.06 90

Notes:


LABORER: CARPENTER TENDERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $33.95 $14.88

$57.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.81 $14.88

$58.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.70 $14.88

$59.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.59 $14.88

$60.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.51 $14.88


LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $33.95 $14.88

$57.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.81 $14.88

$58.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.70 $14.88

$59.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.59 $14.88

$60.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.51 $14.88


LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.83 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.15 $14.83


LABORER: MASON TENDERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88





LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $33.95 $14.88

$57.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.81 $14.88

$58.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.70 $14.88

$59.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.59 $14.88

$60.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.51 $14.88


LABORER: TREE REMOVERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $33.95 $14.88

$57.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.81 $14.88

$58.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.70 $14.88

$59.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.59 $14.88

$60.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.51 $14.88

$61.15 12/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.42 $14.88This classification applies to all tree work associated with the removal of standing trees, and trimming and removal of branches and limbs when the work is not done for

a utility company for the purpose of operation, maintenance or repair of utility company equipment. For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"

LASER BEAM OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


MARBLE & TILE FINISHERSBRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 - MARBLE & TILE

$70.63 02/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $40.91 $18.97

$71.85 08/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $41.49 $19.61

$72.36 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $42.00 $19.61

$73.59 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $43.08 $19.76

$74.10 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $43.59 $19.76

$75.38 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $44.71 $19.92

$75.85 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $45.18 $19.92




MARBLE & TILE FINISHER - Local 3 Marble & TileApprentice -

02/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.46 $10.75 $18.97 $0.00 $50.18 50

2 $24.55 $10.75 $18.97 $0.00 $54.27 60

3 $28.64 $10.75 $18.97 $0.00 $58.36 70

4 $32.73 $10.75 $18.97 $0.00 $62.45 80

5 $36.82 $10.75 $18.97 $0.00 $66.54 90

08/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.75 $10.75 $19.61 $0.00 $51.11 50

2 $24.89 $10.75 $19.61 $0.00 $55.25 60

3 $29.04 $10.75 $19.61 $0.00 $59.40 70

4 $33.19 $10.75 $19.61 $0.00 $63.55 80

5 $37.34 $10.75 $19.61 $0.00 $67.70 90

Notes:


MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECHBRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 - MARBLE & TILE

$84.98 02/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $53.57 $20.66

$86.47 08/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $54.42 $21.30

$87.10 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $55.05 $21.30

$88.60 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $56.40 $21.45

$89.24 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $57.04 $21.45

$90.80 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $58.44 $21.61

$91.37 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $59.01 $21.61




MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECHANIC - Local 3 Marble & TileApprentice -

02/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $26.79 $10.75 $20.66 $0.00 $58.20 50

2 $32.14 $10.75 $20.66 $0.00 $63.55 60

3 $37.50 $10.75 $20.66 $0.00 $68.91 70

4 $42.86 $10.75 $20.66 $0.00 $74.27 80

5 $48.21 $10.75 $20.66 $0.00 $79.62 90

08/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $27.21 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $59.26 50

2 $32.65 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $64.70 60

3 $38.09 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $70.14 70

4 $43.54 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $75.59 80

5 $48.98 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $81.03 90

Notes:


MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES)OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


MECHANICS MAINTENANCEOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


MILLWRIGHT (Zone 2)MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121 - Zone 2

$67.27 04/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $38.87 $18.50




MILLWRIGHT - Local 1121 Zone 2Apprentice -

04/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $21.38 $9.90 $5.31 $0.00 $36.59 55

2 $25.27 $9.90 $15.13 $0.00 $50.30 65

3 $29.15 $9.90 $16.10 $0.00 $55.15 75

4 $33.04 $9.90 $17.06 $0.00 $60.00 85

Notes:

Steps are 2,000 hours


MORTAR MIXERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


OILER (OTHER THAN TRUCK CRANES,GRADALLS)OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$50.71 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $23.11 $15.60

$51.28 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $23.68 $15.60

$51.83 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $24.23 $15.60

$52.40 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $24.80 $15.60

$52.95 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $25.35 $15.60


OILER (TRUCK CRANES, GRADALLS)OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$55.17 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $27.57 $15.60

$55.84 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $28.24 $15.60

$56.49 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $28.89 $15.60

$57.17 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $29.57 $15.60

$57.81 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $30.21 $15.60


OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS IIOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS)PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$80.31 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $50.66 $21.45

$81.26 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $50.96 $22.10

$82.36 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $52.06 $22.10

$83.46 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $53.16 $22.10




PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $25.33 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $33.53 50

2 $27.86 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $41.84 55

3 $30.40 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $44.90 60

4 $32.93 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $47.96 65

5 $35.46 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $61.96 70

6 $38.00 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $65.03 75

7 $40.53 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $68.08 80

8 $45.59 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $74.19 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $25.48 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $33.68 50

2 $28.03 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $42.17 55

3 $30.58 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $45.26 60

4 $33.12 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $48.34 65

5 $35.67 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $62.38 70

6 $38.22 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $65.47 75

7 $40.77 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $68.56 80

8 $45.86 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $74.73 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


PAINTER (SIGN, PICTORIAL & DISPLAY)PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$39.93 06/01/2013 $7.07 $0.00 $25.81 $7.05




PAINTER SIGN - Local 35 Zone 2Apprentice -

06/01/2013



Effective Date -

1 $12.91 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $19.98 50

2 $14.20 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $23.72 55

3 $15.49 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $25.01 60

4 $16.78 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $26.30 65

5 $18.07 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $32.19 70

6 $19.36 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $33.48 75

7 $20.65 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $34.77 80

8 $21.94 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $36.06 85

9 $23.23 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $37.35 90

Notes:

Steps are 4 mos.


PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) *

* If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction,

NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$71.21 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $41.56 $21.45

$72.16 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $41.86 $22.10

$73.26 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $42.96 $22.10

$74.36 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $44.06 $22.10




PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2 - Spray/Sandblast - NewApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.78 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.98 50

2 $22.86 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $36.84 55

3 $24.94 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $39.44 60

4 $27.01 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $42.04 65

5 $29.09 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $55.59 70

6 $31.17 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $58.20 75

7 $33.25 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $60.80 80

8 $37.40 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $66.00 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $20.93 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $29.13 50

2 $23.02 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $37.16 55

3 $25.12 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $39.80 60

4 $27.21 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $42.43 65

5 $29.30 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $56.01 70

6 $31.40 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $58.65 75

7 $33.49 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $61.28 80

8 $37.67 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $66.54 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT)PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$69.27 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $39.62 $21.45

$70.22 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $39.92 $22.10

$71.32 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $41.02 $22.10

$72.42 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $42.12 $22.10




PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2 - Spray/Sandblast - RepaintApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $19.81 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.01 50

2 $21.79 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $35.77 55

3 $23.77 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $38.27 60

4 $25.75 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $40.78 65

5 $27.73 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $54.23 70

6 $29.72 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $56.75 75

7 $31.70 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $59.25 80

8 $35.66 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $64.26 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $19.96 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.16 50

2 $21.96 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $36.10 55

3 $23.95 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $38.63 60

4 $25.95 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $41.17 65

5 $27.94 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $54.65 70

6 $29.94 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $57.19 75

7 $31.94 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $59.73 80

8 $35.93 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $64.80 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


PAINTER (TRAFFIC MARKINGS)LABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $33.95 $14.88

$57.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.81 $14.88

$58.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.70 $14.88

$59.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.59 $14.88

$60.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.51 $14.88

$61.15 12/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.42 $14.88For Apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"

PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) *

* If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction,

NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$69.81 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $40.16 $21.45

$70.76 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $40.46 $22.10

$71.86 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $41.56 $22.10

$72.96 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $42.66 $22.10




PAINTER - Local 35 Zone 2 - BRUSH NEWApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.08 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.28 50

2 $22.09 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $36.07 55

3 $24.10 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $38.60 60

4 $26.10 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $41.13 65

5 $28.11 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $54.61 70

6 $30.12 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $57.15 75

7 $32.13 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $59.68 80

8 $36.14 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $64.74 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $20.23 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $28.43 50

2 $22.25 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $36.39 55

3 $24.28 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $38.96 60

4 $26.30 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $41.52 65

5 $28.32 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $55.03 70

6 $30.35 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $57.60 75

7 $32.37 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $60.16 80

8 $36.41 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $65.28 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT)PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2

$67.87 07/01/2019 $8.20 $0.00 $38.22 $21.45

$68.82 01/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $38.52 $22.10

$69.92 07/01/2020 $8.20 $0.00 $39.62 $22.10

$71.02 01/01/2021 $8.20 $0.00 $40.72 $22.10




PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2 - BRUSH REPAINTApprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $19.11 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $27.31 50

2 $21.02 $8.20 $5.78 $0.00 $35.00 55

3 $22.93 $8.20 $6.30 $0.00 $37.43 60

4 $24.84 $8.20 $6.83 $0.00 $39.87 65

5 $26.75 $8.20 $18.30 $0.00 $53.25 70

6 $28.67 $8.20 $18.83 $0.00 $55.70 75

7 $30.58 $8.20 $19.35 $0.00 $58.13 80

8 $34.40 $8.20 $20.40 $0.00 $63.00 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $19.26 $8.20 $0.00 $0.00 $27.46 50

2 $21.19 $8.20 $5.94 $0.00 $35.33 55

3 $23.11 $8.20 $6.48 $0.00 $37.79 60

4 $25.04 $8.20 $7.02 $0.00 $40.26 65

5 $26.96 $8.20 $18.51 $0.00 $53.67 70

6 $28.89 $8.20 $19.05 $0.00 $56.14 75

7 $30.82 $8.20 $19.59 $0.00 $58.61 80

8 $34.67 $8.20 $20.67 $0.00 $63.54 90

Notes:

Steps are 750 hrs.


PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVERTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$58.69 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.08 $12.70

$59.19 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.08 $12.70

$60.21 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.08 $13.72

$61.11 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $34.98 $13.72

$61.61 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $34.98 $13.72

$62.71 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $34.98 $14.82

$63.51 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $35.78 $14.82

$64.01 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.78 $14.82

$65.20 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.78 $16.01

PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND

DECK)PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$73.98 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $42.93 $21.15

$75.66 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $44.61 $21.15

For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"

PILE DRIVERPILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 2)

$73.98 08/01/2018 $9.90 $0.00 $42.93 $21.15

$75.66 08/01/2019 $9.90 $0.00 $44.61 $21.15




PILE DRIVER - Local 56 Zone 2Apprentice -

08/01/2018



Effective Date -

1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 0

Notes: Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps;

(Same as set in Zone 1)

1$54.34/2$58.99/3$63.65/4$65.98/5$68.31/6$68.31/7$72.96/8$72.96


PIPELAYERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


PLUMBER & PIPEFITTERPLUMBERS LOCAL 4

$69.82 03/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $44.81 $15.21

$70.62 09/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $45.61 $15.21

$71.42 03/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $46.41 $15.21

$72.42 09/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $47.41 $15.21

$73.42 03/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $48.41 $15.21

$74.42 09/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $49.41 $15.21

$75.42 03/01/2022 $9.80 $0.00 $50.41 $15.21

PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER - Local 4Apprentice -

03/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $17.92 $9.80 $0.00 $0.00 $27.72 40

2 $22.41 $9.80 $0.00 $0.00 $32.21 50

3 $26.89 $9.80 $0.00 $0.00 $36.69 60

4 $31.37 $9.80 $5.50 $0.00 $46.67 70

5 $35.85 $9.80 $5.50 $0.00 $51.15 80

09/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $18.24 $9.80 $0.00 $0.00 $28.04 40

2 $22.81 $9.80 $0.00 $0.00 $32.61 50

3 $27.37 $9.80 $0.00 $0.00 $37.17 60

4 $31.93 $9.80 $5.50 $0.00 $47.23 70

5 $36.49 $9.80 $5.50 $0.00 $51.79 80

Notes:

Steps - 2000 hrs; Step 4 w/lic 75%, Step 5 w/lic 85%

Step 4 w/lic $49.50, Step 5 w/lic $54.07





PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.)PLUMBERS LOCAL 4

$69.82 03/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $44.81 $15.21

$70.62 09/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $45.61 $15.21

$71.42 03/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $46.41 $15.21

$72.42 09/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $47.41 $15.21

$73.42 03/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $48.41 $15.21

$74.42 09/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $49.41 $15.21


PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


POWDERMAN & BLASTERLABORERS - ZONE 2

$57.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.95 $14.88

$58.54 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.81 $14.88

$59.43 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.70 $14.88

$60.32 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $37.59 $14.88

$61.24 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $38.51 $14.88


POWER SHOVEL/DERRICK/TRENCHING MACHINEOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60


PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE)OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60


PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER)OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$59.88 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $32.28 $15.60

$60.67 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $33.07 $15.60

$61.42 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $33.82 $15.60

$62.20 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $34.60 $15.60

$62.95 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $35.35 $15.60


READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVERTEAMSTERS 170 (Dauphinais)

$36.81 01/01/2019 $10.56 $0.00 $23.75 $2.50

$37.06 12/01/2019 $10.56 $0.00 $24.00 $2.50

$37.51 01/01/2020 $11.01 $0.00 $24.00 $2.50




RECLAIMERSOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88


ROLLER/SPREADER/MULCHING MACHINEOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg)ROOFERS LOCAL 33

$70.76 02/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $43.36 $15.90

ROOFER - Local 33Apprentice -

02/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $21.68 $11.50 $3.69 $0.00 $36.87 50

2 $26.02 $11.50 $15.90 $0.00 $53.42 60

3 $28.18 $11.50 $15.90 $0.00 $55.58 65

4 $32.52 $11.50 $15.90 $0.00 $59.92 75

5 $36.86 $11.50 $15.90 $0.00 $64.26 85

Notes: ** 1:5, 2:6-10, the 1:10; Reroofing: 1:4, then 1:1

Step 1 is 2000 hrs.; Steps 2-5 are 1000 hrs.

(Hot Pitch Mechanics' receive $1.00 hr. above ROOFER)

Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:**

ROOFER SLATE / TILE / PRECAST CONCRETEROOFERS LOCAL 33

$71.01 02/01/2019 $11.50 $0.00 $43.61 $15.90

For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER"

SHEETMETAL WORKERSHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63

$64.37 07/01/2019 $10.64 $1.77 $35.74 $16.22

$65.62 01/01/2020 $10.64 $1.77 $36.99 $16.22




SHEET METAL WORKER - Local 63Apprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $16.08 $6.21 $4.67 $0.00 $26.96 45

2 $17.87 $6.55 $5.19 $0.00 $29.61 50

3 $19.66 $6.88 $9.33 $1.08 $36.95 55

4 $21.44 $7.22 $9.33 $1.14 $39.13 60

5 $23.23 $7.55 $9.33 $1.20 $41.31 65

6 $25.02 $7.88 $9.33 $1.27 $43.50 70

7 $26.81 $8.22 $9.33 $1.33 $45.69 75

8 $28.59 $9.30 $15.18 $1.59 $54.66 80

9 $30.38 $9.64 $15.18 $1.66 $56.86 85

10 $32.17 $9.98 $15.18 $1.72 $59.05 90

01/01/2020



Effective Date -

1 $16.65 $6.21 $4.67 $0.00 $27.53 45

2 $18.50 $6.55 $5.19 $0.00 $30.24 50

3 $20.34 $6.88 $9.33 $1.08 $37.63 55

4 $22.19 $7.22 $9.33 $1.14 $39.88 60

5 $24.04 $7.55 $9.33 $1.20 $42.12 65

6 $25.89 $7.88 $9.33 $1.27 $44.37 70

7 $27.74 $8.22 $9.33 $1.33 $46.62 75

8 $29.59 $9.30 $15.18 $1.59 $55.66 80

9 $31.44 $9.64 $15.18 $1.66 $57.92 85

10 $33.29 $9.98 $15.18 $1.72 $60.17 90

Notes:


SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONSTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$59.15 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.54 $12.70

$59.65 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.54 $12.70

$60.67 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.54 $13.72

$61.57 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72

$62.07 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72

$63.17 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $14.82

$63.97 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82

$64.47 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82

$65.66 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $16.01




SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONSTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$59.44 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.83 $12.70

$59.94 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.83 $12.70

$60.96 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.83 $13.72

$61.86 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.73 $13.72

$62.36 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.73 $13.72

$63.46 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.73 $14.82

$64.26 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.53 $14.82

$64.76 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.53 $14.82

$65.95 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.53 $16.01

SPRINKLER FITTERSPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 550 - (Section A) Zone 1

$88.05 03/01/2019 $9.47 $0.00 $58.98 $19.60

$89.55 10/01/2019 $9.47 $0.00 $60.48 $19.60

$91.05 03/01/2020 $9.47 $0.00 $61.98 $19.60

$92.55 10/01/2020 $9.47 $0.00 $63.48 $19.60

$94.05 03/01/2021 $9.47 $0.00 $64.98 $19.60




SPRINKLER FITTER - Local 550 (Section A) Zone 1Apprentice -

03/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $20.64 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $39.21 35

2 $23.59 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $42.16 40

3 $26.54 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $45.11 45

4 $29.49 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $48.06 50

5 $32.44 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $51.01 55

6 $35.39 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $55.46 60

7 $38.34 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $58.41 65

8 $41.29 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $61.36 70

9 $44.24 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $64.31 75

10 $47.18 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $67.25 80

10/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $21.17 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $39.74 35

2 $24.19 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $42.76 40

3 $27.22 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $45.79 45

4 $30.24 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $48.81 50

5 $33.26 $9.47 $9.10 $0.00 $51.83 55

6 $36.29 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $56.36 60

7 $39.31 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $59.38 65

8 $42.34 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $62.41 70

9 $45.36 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $65.43 75

10 $48.38 $9.47 $10.60 $0.00 $68.45 80

Notes: Apprentice entered prior 9/30/10:

40/45/50/55/60/65/70/75/80/85

Steps are 850 hours


STEAM BOILER OPERATOROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


TAMPERS, SELF-PROPELLED OR TRACTOR DRAWNOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60





TERRAZZO FINISHERSBRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 - MARBLE & TILE

$83.90 02/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $52.49 $20.66

$85.39 08/01/2019 $10.75 $0.00 $53.34 $21.30

$86.03 02/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $53.98 $21.30

$87.53 08/01/2020 $10.75 $0.00 $55.33 $21.45

$88.17 02/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $55.97 $21.45

$89.73 08/01/2021 $10.75 $0.00 $57.37 $21.61

$90.32 02/01/2022 $10.75 $0.00 $57.96 $21.61

TERRAZZO FINISHER - Local 3 Marble & TileApprentice -

02/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $26.25 $10.75 $20.03 $0.00 $57.03 50

2 $31.49 $10.75 $20.03 $0.00 $62.27 60

3 $36.74 $10.75 $20.03 $0.00 $67.52 70

4 $41.99 $10.75 $20.03 $0.00 $72.77 80

5 $47.24 $10.75 $20.03 $0.00 $78.02 90

08/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $26.67 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $58.72 50

2 $32.00 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $64.05 60

3 $37.34 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $69.39 70

4 $42.67 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $74.72 80

5 $48.01 $10.75 $21.30 $0.00 $80.06 90

Notes:


TEST BORING DRILLERLABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE

$64.40 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.50 $16.05

$65.40 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $41.50 $16.05

$66.39 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $42.49 $16.05

$67.37 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $43.47 $16.05

$68.39 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $44.49 $16.05


TEST BORING DRILLER HELPERLABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE

$63.12 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $39.22 $16.05

$64.12 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.22 $16.05

$65.11 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $41.21 $16.05

$66.09 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $42.19 $16.05

$67.11 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $43.21 $16.05





TEST BORING LABORERLABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE

$63.00 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $39.10 $16.05

$64.00 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $40.10 $16.05

$64.99 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $41.09 $16.05

$65.97 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $42.07 $16.05

$66.99 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $43.09 $16.05


TRACTORS/PORTABLE STEAM GENERATORSOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.29 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $47.69 $15.60

$76.43 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.83 $15.60

$77.51 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $49.91 $15.60

$78.65 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.05 $15.60

$79.74 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.14 $15.60


TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENTTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$59.73 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $35.12 $12.70

$60.23 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $35.12 $12.70

$61.25 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $35.12 $13.72

$62.15 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $36.02 $13.72

$62.65 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $13.72

$63.75 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82

$64.55 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.82 $14.82

$65.05 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.82 $14.82

$66.24 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.82 $16.01

TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIRLABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR)

$75.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $51.38 $16.45

$76.68 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $52.38 $16.45

$77.67 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $53.37 $16.45

$78.65 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $54.35 $16.45

$79.67 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $55.37 $16.45


TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE)LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR)

$77.68 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $53.38 $16.45

$78.68 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $54.38 $16.45

$79.67 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $55.37 $16.45

$80.65 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $56.35 $16.45

$81.67 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $57.37 $16.45


TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIRLABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL)

$67.75 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $43.45 $16.45

$68.75 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $44.45 $16.45

$69.74 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $45.44 $16.45

$70.72 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $46.42 $16.45

$71.74 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $47.44 $16.45





TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE)LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL)

$69.75 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $45.45 $16.45

$70.75 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $46.45 $16.45

$71.74 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $47.44 $16.45

$72.72 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $48.42 $16.45

$73.74 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $49.44 $16.45


VAC-HAULTEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B

$59.15 06/01/2019 $11.91 $0.00 $34.54 $12.70

$59.65 08/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.54 $12.70

$60.67 12/01/2019 $12.41 $0.00 $34.54 $13.72

$61.57 06/01/2020 $12.41 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72

$62.07 08/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $13.72

$63.17 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $14.82

$63.97 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82

$64.47 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82

$65.66 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $16.01

VOICE-DATA-VIDEO TECHNICIANELECTRICIANS LOCAL 96

$54.82 07/01/2019 $10.57 $0.00 $30.10 $14.15

VOICE-DATA-VIDEO TECHNICIAN - Local 96Apprentice -

07/01/2019



Effective Date -

1 $15.05 $10.57 $3.83 $0.00 $29.45 50

2 $16.56 $10.57 $3.88 $0.00 $31.01 55

3 $18.06 $10.57 $13.79 $0.00 $42.42 60

4 $19.57 $10.57 $13.84 $0.00 $43.98 65

5 $21.07 $10.57 $13.88 $0.00 $45.52 70

6 $22.58 $10.57 $13.93 $0.00 $47.08 75

7 $24.08 $10.57 $13.97 $0.00 $48.62 80

8 $25.59 $10.57 $14.02 $0.00 $50.18 85

Notes:


WAGON DRILL OPERATORLABORERS - ZONE 2

$56.93 06/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $34.20 $14.88

$57.79 12/01/2019 $7.85 $0.00 $35.06 $14.88

$58.68 06/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $35.95 $14.88

$59.57 12/01/2020 $7.85 $0.00 $36.84 $14.88

$60.49 06/01/2021 $7.85 $0.00 $37.76 $14.88





WASTE WATER PUMP OPERATOROPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4

$75.78 06/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $48.18 $15.60

$76.93 12/01/2019 $12.00 $0.00 $49.33 $15.60

$78.03 06/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $50.43 $15.60

$79.18 12/01/2020 $12.00 $0.00 $51.58 $15.60

$80.28 06/01/2021 $12.00 $0.00 $52.68 $15.60


WATER METER INSTALLERPLUMBERS LOCAL 4

$69.82 03/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $44.81 $15.21

$70.62 09/01/2019 $9.80 $0.00 $45.61 $15.21

$71.42 03/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $46.41 $15.21

$72.42 09/01/2020 $9.80 $0.00 $47.41 $15.21

$73.42 03/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $48.41 $15.21

$74.42 09/01/2021 $9.80 $0.00 $49.41 $15.21

$75.42 03/01/2022 $9.80 $0.00 $50.41 $15.21For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/GASFITTER"

Outside Electrical - East

CABLE TECHNICIAN (Power Zone)OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$36.70 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $27.14 $1.81

For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"

CABLEMAN (Underground Ducts & Cables)OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$55.73 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $38.45 $9.53


DRIVER / GROUNDMAN CDLOUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$48.85 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $31.66 $9.44


DRIVER / GROUNDMAN -Inexperienced (<2000 Hrs)OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$34.38 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $24.88 $1.75


EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Class A CDL)OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$59.81 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $38.45 $13.61


EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Class B CDL)OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$51.88 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $33.92 $10.21


GROUNDMANOUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$34.38 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $24.88 $1.75


GROUNDMAN -Inexperienced (<2000 Hrs.)OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$29.71 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $20.35 $1.61


JOURNEYMAN LINEMANOUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$69.59 09/03/2017 $7.75 $0.00 $45.23 $16.61




LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) - East Local 104Apprentice -

09/03/2017



Effective Date -

1 $27.14 $7.75 $3.31 $0.00 $38.20 60

2 $29.40 $7.75 $3.38 $0.00 $40.53 65

3 $31.66 $7.75 $3.45 $0.00 $42.86 70

4 $33.92 $7.75 $5.02 $0.00 $46.69 75

5 $36.18 $7.75 $5.09 $0.00 $49.02 80

6 $38.45 $7.75 $5.15 $0.00 $51.35 85

7 $40.71 $7.75 $7.22 $0.00 $55.68 90

Notes:


TELEDATA CABLE SPLICEROUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$38.60 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $30.73 $3.17

TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOROUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$36.77 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $28.93 $3.14

TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIANOUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$36.77 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $28.93 $3.14

TREE TRIMMEROUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$22.06 01/31/2016 $3.55 $0.00 $18.51 $0.00

This classification applies only to tree work done: (a) for a utility company, R.E.A. cooperative, or railroad or coal mining company, and (b) for the purpose of

operating, maintaining, or repairing the utility company’s equipment, and (c) by a person who is using hand or mechanical cutting methods and is not on the ground.

This classification does not apply to wholesale tree removal.

TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMANOUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104

$19.87 01/31/2016 $3.55 $0.00 $16.32 $0.00

This classification applies only to tree work done: (a) for a utility company, R.E.A. cooperative, or railroad or coal mining company, and (b) for the purpose of

operating, maintaining, or repairing the utility company’s equipment, and (c) by a person who is using hand or mechanical cutting methods and is on the ground. This

classification does not apply to wholesale tree removal.

Additional Apprentice Information:

Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the

Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L.

c. 23, ss. 11E-11L.

All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L.

All steps are six months (1000 hours.)

Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof, unless otherwise specified.

** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field.

*** APP to JM; 1:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:4, 4:4, 4:5, 4:6, 5:7, 6:7, 6:8, 6:9, 7:10, 8:10, 8:11, 8:12, 9:13, 10:13, 10:14, etc.

**** APP to JM; 1:1, 1:2, 2:3, 2:4, 3:5, 4:6, 4:7, 5:8, 6:9, 6:10, 7:11, 8:12, 8:13, 9:14, 10:15, 10:16, etc.


Roof Replacement and Associated Work At The Upton Police Station

Upton, MA Gale JN 834820

SUMMARY OF WORK 011100 - 1 of 8

SECTION 011100

SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. Supply all temporary shoring, lighting, barricades, signage and protection necessary to protect the building areas, building systems, and building patrons and public. Maintain such protection for the complete duration of the project.

2. Supply all disposal facilities, transportation and labor necessary to dispose of all demolished materials, dirt, and debris off-site in a legal dumping area. The Contractor shall obtain all permits necessary to transport and dispose of all materials, rubbish and debris.

3. Complete all associated work in accordance with the project specifications.

4. Coordinate the work with the Owner.

5. Remove and replace the existing thermoplastic membrane roofing system and associated components down to the existing roof deck and install new single-ply thermoplastic roof membrane and associated components. Refer to Sections 024100 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING, and Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM for additional information.

6. Prepare and paint existing metal roof access ladder.

7. Remove and replace existing roof hatch. Refer to Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for additional information.

8. Install portable ballasted guard rails at areas of potential fall hazard, where roof top mechanical equipment or walking surfaces are located within 15-feet of the roof edge or fall hazard. Refer to Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for additional information.




9. Perform repairs to the exiting asphalt shingle roof at the Fire Station at part of an alternate scope of work. Refer to Section 073100 – ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING

10. Remove and replace designated roof drain components. Refer to Section 223000 – PLUMBING for additional Information.

11. Clean roof drain leaders prior to and after completion of the roof replacement. Refer to Section 223000 – PLUMBING for additional Information.

12. Raise vent pipes to accommodate the new roof system. Refer to Section 223000 – PLUMBING for additional Information.

13. Raise rooftop mechanical equipment and penetrations to provide an 8-inch minimum flashing height. Refer to Section 261000 – TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS for additional Information.

14. Perform stucco wall crack repairs at designated rising wall locations as noted in the Contract Drawings. Refer to Section 072400 – EXTERIOR INSUALTION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) for additional Information.

15. Perform the necessary cutting and patching of the existing Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS) cladding on designated rising walls to allow for installation of new sheet metal counterflashing as indicated on the drawings. Refer to Section Refer to Section 072400 – EXTERIOR INSUALTION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) for additional Information.

16. Remove and reinstall existing lightning protection on designated roof areas. Contractor shall replace designated components where indicated in the Contract Documents. Refer to Section 264100 – LIGHTNING PROTECTION for additional Information.

17. Install scuppers as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

18. Perform Unit Price Scope of Work as indicated in the specification. Refer to Section 012200 - UNIT PRICES and referenced technical sections for additional information.

19. Perform Alternate Scope of Work as indicated in the specification. Refer to Section 012300 - ALTERNATES and referenced technical sections for additional information.

20. Perform all other miscellaneous work as required to complete the project in its entirety.

21. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work.

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. The Owner’s Representative shall review the Contractor’s work schedule submittal prior to the start of any work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform the Owner’s Representative if their work locations(s) for each day is different from the schedule and to update any changes into the schedule.




B. The Contractor will be required to provide their own fall protection system as required to access the work, as no arrest systems are currently in place.

C. The Contractor is required to coordinate all mechanical and electrical disconnects/reconnects with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide a minimum 72-hour notice prior to any potential shut down and must secure the Owner’s written approval prior to disconnecting any building services.

D. The Contractor shall provide means of access to the roof which does not require entry to the building. The Contractor shall secure the access point and coordinate location with the Owner.

E. Both the Police Station and Fire Station are occupied twenty-four hours a day. The contractor shall not impinge on function of the facilities. Provide protection at all doors and truck bays. Coordinate all work to occur above doors and truck bays with the Officer in Charge. Provide a minimum 24 hour notice.

F. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all barriers, protection, warning lines, lighting and personnel required to segregate the work area(s) and to prevent damage to the buildings, their occupants and the surrounding paved areas. All applicable OSHA and D.L.I. requirements shall be observed by the Contractor. Refer to Section 015000 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS for additional information.

G. The Owner requires the Contractor to conform to all requirements of this specification as well as those of the approved manufacturers.

H. All materials and workmanship shall be of the best construction practice. Refer to the requirements of the manufacturer, recommendations and these specifications for handling and installation of all materials.

I. Protect the building and site areas not included in the construction. The Contractor shall replace or repair all building and site damage as a result of the construction to the satisfaction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner.

J. The Contractor shall provide protection for existing roof membrane and other roof top equipment, fenestration, penetrations, and similar items to protect from damage. Items damaged as a result of the work in this section shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.

K. The building and site will be occupied and in use during construction. The Contractors shall take all necessary precautions to create as little disturbance or disruption to the building and their occupants as possible during the course of the work. All entries and exits outside the immediate work area must be kept clear at all times and accessible by all parties. All access for emergency equipment must be kept clear at all times.




L. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 72-hours in advance of doing any interior work so that the Owner may provide entry into the required areas.

M. At the end of each work day, the Contractor shall confirm and make the site safe and secure to all public access to the building’s interior.

N. All debris, dust and dirt shall be swept clean from all exterior and interior surfaces affected by the work. Any interior finishes and floors which are damaged, soiled or affected by the work shall be cleaned, repaired or replaced by the Contractor with a system equal in color, texture, and finish at no additional cost to the Owner.

O. Any open ducts, grills, electric boxes or similar fixtures and items which can be soiled or affected by the work shall be masked, protected and cleaned by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

P. Provide an adequate number of skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of each trade.

Q. Schedule and execute all work without exposing the interior of the building to the effects of inclement weather. Protect the building, its contents and occupants against such risks, and repair/replace all work-related damage to the satisfaction of the Owner.

R. Upon completion of the work, all temporary protection installed by the Contractor shall be removed and areas shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Owner.

1.4 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. A preconstruction conference will be held with the Owner, Owner’s Representatives, Contractor and involved trades to discuss all aspects of the project. The Contractor's foreman or field representative will attend this conference. The foreman and/or superintendent must be able to effectively communicate in English (both written and spoken) and shall be on site at all times while work is being performed.

B. The Owner shall reserve the right to require an alternate Superintendent and/or Foreman when deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner.

C. The preconstruction conference shall not be held until all specified shop drawings and submittals have been received, reviewed and accepted by the Owner.

D. Delivery of materials and commencement of construction shall not proceed until the preconstruction conference is held. Delays in obtaining a complete set of submittals shall not extend the contracted completion date.




E. At the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall provide a complete set of manufacturer’s Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) to the Owner for all products to be used on the project. Information shall be provided electronically and in a labeled three ring binder. The providing of the SDS information is in addition to any other contract requirement contained elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.5 EMERGENCY RESPONSE

A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with after-hours (24-hour) emergency telephone numbers of the Contractor's Project Manager, Superintendent and Foreman.

B. The Contractor must respond to emergency situations or calls within two (2) hours.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. The Contractor will be allowed to work at the project site between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., local time, Monday through Friday. Saturday work shall be permitted following prior approval by Owner. The Owner reserves the right to disapprove or suspend a request to work outside of normal working hours.

B. Should the Contractor’s work hours extend beyond the scheduled hours as stated above for the project due to improper staffing, a lack of daily onsite production, shortage of materials, or other factors within the Contractor’s control, the Contractor shall be responsible for bearing the overtime cost for the Owner of providing custodial, engineering, construction monitoring and other services directly related to the construction.

C. The work associated with this project will be monitored by a representative of the Owner. Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner’s representative a minimum of 72-hours prior to implementing changes to the construction schedule.

D. Proper coordination of all aspects of the work by the Contractor and any sub-trades is critical to ensure proper installation and performance of the work. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall clearly outline the coordination between job tasks of all involved disciplines. Subject to review and acceptance by the Owner, this Schedule will be strictly adhered to by the Contractor and sub-trades.

E. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall clearly identify the onsite crew foreman and the size of the crew to be utilized. The crew size shall remain consistent and work shall be continuous throughout the project, from start-up to completion.

F. The Owner shall review the Contractor's Construction Schedule prior to the start of any work. After defining the location(s) of the work progress, the Owner shall arrange to control occupancy in the Building to the greatest extent possible. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply the Owner with written notice, 72-hours in advance, if his work location(s) for a workday is different from the




schedule. The Contractor shall update his Construction Schedule weekly and submit a copy to the Owner for review. The intent of the Owner is to keep the facility open during the project. The Contractor, in conjunction with the Owner, shall control accessing areas of work as required to safe guard the Contractor’s employees and Subcontractor(s); facility employees, patrons, and all other facility users.

1.7 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. The Owner shall schedule weekly progress meetings, unless otherwise indicated by the Owner.

B. The General Contractor’s Project Manager and site Supervisor and/or Foreman shall attend each project meeting.

1.8 DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES

A. Verify dimensions and quantities in the field prior to compiling accurate shop drawings and ordering the materials. The Project Plans and Drawings have been compiled from various sources and may not reflect the actual field conditions at the time of construction. The Contractor shall provide their own access to each roof area designated to be replaced or area where work is designated to be performed to confirm dimensions and quantities.

B. The Contractor is solely responsible for means and methods of construction. Make necessary investigations and take necessary precautions to properly supply, fabricate, and install work.

C. Additional compensation due to unfamiliarity with project conditions will not be considered.

D. In case of inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either document, the better quality and/or greater quantity of work shall be provided, as determined by the Owner.

1.9 GUARANTEES / WARRANTIES

A. Refer to specific Sections of this specification for systems and product warranty requirements. Verify with Manufacturer of proposed systems and products that specified warranty requirements are acceptable, without exception, prior to selecting materials for use on this project.

B. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Full Warranty of all work performed under the Contract to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Warranty shall be for a period of two (2) years, from substantial completion or from the final day of work on the specific warranty item, whichever is longer or greater. The warranty shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a Corporation. All repair work




performed by the Contractor shall be done so as to return the envelope system, building and grounds to like new condition, as it existed prior to the requiring repairs.

1.10 IDENTIFICATION AND WAIVER OF LIENS

A. Beginning with the second Application for Payment and thereafter, the Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers, shall submit an Indemnification and Waiver of Liens for the construction period covered by the previous application.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION 011100

I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 011100 - Summary of Work.docx




This Page Intentionally Left Blank



UNIT PRICES 012200 - 1 of 4

SECTION 012200

UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section contains instructions and references other Contract Documents that relate to Unit Prices. The Owner may elect certain aspects of the work, whose quantities cannot be determined at this time, to be performed or deleted by the Contractor. If such work items are elected, the Contract price will be adjusted by the Unit Price amount shown for each item in the Bid Forms.

B. A Unit Price is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order in the event the estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

C. The Bidders shall submit with their Bids, prices for the performance of Unit Price work. The general scope of the Unit Price work is defined within this section.

D. The successful Bidder shall coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each Unit Price Item is complete and fully integrated into the project.

E. The specific quantities of Unit Price Work included in the Base Bid and Alternate Scope of Work are provided herein. This applies to items whose exact quantities are unknown but are anticipated to exist, for example, deteriorated plywood.

F. The quantities of Unit Price Work listed in this Section and the bid and contract forms are in addition to the quantities shown on the Contract Drawings.

G. The Unit Prices requested herein shall include a pro-rata share of all costs for materials, labor, equipment costs, overhead, profit, and applicable taxes.

H. Where not otherwise specified, Unit Prices cover net costs and credits to the Owner for executing authorized changes in the Work. No separate adjustments are made for labor, materials, transportation, handling, storage, overhead, profit, or other related work expenses.




I. If unit price quantities vary twenty (20) percent greater than the amounts carried in the Base Bid, the Owner reserves the right to re-negotiate unit price costs during the project.

J. Should the Unit Prices referenced in this section not be used as part of the project, they shall be credited back to the Owner, less fifteen (15) percent for overhead and profit.

1.3 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The Unit Prices for items of Work, as set forth in the Schedule of Unit Prices, shall be used to determine adjustments to the Contract Amount when changes in the Work involving said items are made in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Materials, methods of installation, and definitions of terms set forth under the various Unit Price items in the Schedule of Unit prices shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents.

C. The successful Bidder shall coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each Unit Price Item is complete and fully integrated into the project.

1.4 APPLICABILITY OF UNIT PRICES

A. Prior to commencing removal or replacement of materials set forth in the schedule of Unit Prices, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in sufficient time to permit proper inspection and measurements to be taken. Only quantities that have been approved in writing by the Owner will be considered in the determination of adjustments to the Contract Sum.

B. Unit Price Work includes providing and installing all accessories and appurtenant work necessary to properly execute the Unit Price Work.

C. Performance of work not required by the Contract Documents, or which is not authorized by Change Order or Field Order, whether or not such work is set forth hereunder as a Unit Price item, shall not be considered cause for extra payment. The Contractor will be held fully responsible for such unauthorized work, including the performance of all corrective measures required by the Owner.

1.5 VERIFICATION OF UNIT PRICE QUANTITIES

A. The following minimum procedures must be included by the Contractor for each of the indicated unit repair items for the duration of the project: 1. The Contractor is required to track, and record actual placed and

completed Unit Price Work throughout the course of construction, and submit a breakdown to the Owner and Engineer on a weekly basis or as requested. The breakdown shall include the following for each Unit Price item: a. Completed quantity to date




b. Remaining quantity to date c. Percentage of total quantity remaining

2. The Contractor shall contact the Owner and Engineer if a Unit Price quantity is anticipated to be reached prior to exceeding that quantity. No additional costs will be awarded to the Contractor for additional Unit Price Work without written approval from the Owner and/or Engineer.

3. The Contractor must provide safe, adequate, and ample access to the Owner and Engineer for verification of the Unit Price Work throughout the course of construction.

4. Photographic documentation of Unit Price work, with an approximate scaling devise, must be performed if an Owner’s representative is not available at the time of the work being performed.

1.6 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. The unit prices listed below are above and beyond that shown on the Contract Drawings and shall be included by the Contractor under the appropriate Base Bid or Alternate Scope of Work. The Contractor’s Schedule of Values will carry each item under the bid amount selected for this project. Should the unit price work not be performed on this project, the total amount, or remaining amount if portions of unit price work are performed, shall be credited to the Owner.

Base Bid Unit Prices:



drawings)

Unit of Measure



053000

Repair surficial rusted areas of metal decking

100 Square Feet

$________

$_________

061000 Replacement of deteriorated wood blocking

50 Board Feet

$________

$_________

061000 Replacement of deteriorated plywood sheathing

96 Square Feet

$________

$_________

061000 Wood plank replacement 20 Board Feet

$________

$_________

072400 EIFS crack repair 10

Linear Feet

$________

$_________

072400 EIFS wall replacement 10

Square Feet

$________

$_________

264100 Conductor cable replacement (Copper)

10 Linear Feet

$________

$_________

264100 Replacement air terminal unit

6 Units $________

$_________






drawings)

Unit of Measure



264100 Replacement base plates 10 Units $________

$_________




I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 012200 - Unit Prices.docx



`

ALTERNATES 012300 - 1 of 2

ALTERNATES

SECTION 012300 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The Bidders shall submit with their Bids, prices for the performance of Alternate Scopes of Work. The scopes of the Alternate Work are defined within this Section.

B. The successful Bidder shall coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent

work as necessary to ensure that work affected by the Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project.

C. Where a quantity of Unit Price work is included in the Base Bid, it is also included

in the Alternates as defined in Section 012200 – Unit Prices. Selection of an Alternate does not delete any Unit Price work carried in the Base Bid.

D. The successful Bidder shall coordinate all related work, and modify or adjust adjacent

work as necessary to ensure that work affected by the accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the Project.

E. Alternate Bid amount shall include the Work of each Technical Specification section, including related drawings, shown for the Base Bid except those sections indicated with an Alternate section.

F. Alternate Bid amount shall include costs associated with furnishing, erecting and maintaining temporary constructions including overhead sidewalk protection, scaffolding, shoring and temporary barrier construction, waterproofing and dust proofing the interior of the building, as well as all overhead and profit associated.

1.2 BASE BID

A. The Base Bid shall include all labor, equipment, materials and accessories necessary to perform all renovations associated with the roof operations at the designated locations, in accordance with the Contract Documents and as described in Section 011100 – Summary of Work.

1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate Number One (1) shall include all labor, equipment, materials, overhead, profit, and accessories related to perform isolated steep sloped asphalt shingle repairs at the Upton Fire Station as indicated on the contract drawings. Refer to Section 073100, Shingle Roof Repairs and the Contract Drawings for additional information.



`

ALTERNATES 012300 - 2 of 2

B. Alternate Number Two (2) shall include all labor, equipment, materials, overhead, profit, and accessories related to removing the existing asphalt shingles down to the wood nail base where indicated on the Contract Drawings and installing new asphalt shingles on the North roof eave (to a point 12’ above the eave) including over the dormer at the Upton Fire Station. Installation shall include 12’ (full height of roof replacement area) of Modified Bitumen Membrane (ice and water shield) and underlayment’s. Remove and reinstall existing snow melt system to accommodate scope of work. Provide credit for repair work noted within the replacement roof area as outlined in Alternate One. Refer to Section 073100, Shingle Roof Repairs and the Contract Drawings for additional information. Install new zinc-coated copper edge metal and dormer valley flashings.

C. Alternate Number Three (3) shall include all labor, equipment, materials, overhead, profit, and accessories related to removal and replacement of the existing snow melt cable at the Upton Fire Station and the provision of additional snow melt system to extend on the remainder of the elevation. New snow melt system should extend entire length of the north eave, dormer, and dormer valleys as shown on the Contract Drawings. Provide credit for the reinstallation of the snow melt system under alternate #2. Refer to Section 073100, Shingle Roof Repairs and the Contract Drawings for additional information.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 012300 - Alternates.docx



SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 013300 - 1 of 8

SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section contains instructions for submittals and shop drawings required at various stages of the project. The following will be required for all construction components and systems:

1. List of materials stating manufacturer's name and address, as well as material trade name and manufacturer's designation.

2. Shop Drawings. 3. Samples. 4. Catalog Data. 5. Mockups. 6. Manufacturer's Instructions. 7. Contractor's Schedule as it affects the contracted completion date and

sequence of construction. 8. Certificate of Dumping Facilities. 9. Safety Data Sheets (SDS).

1.3 TIME OF SUBMITTALS

A. The following submittals are required during the various phases of the Contract. Each submittal item shall have the technical section and paragraph number clearly indicated. All submittal items without the proper designations will be returned and will not be reviewed. 1. Bid Submission: shall include all items required under the Information to

Bidders Section.

a. Refer to Instructions to Bidders regarding information to accompany Bid Form.

2. Contract Submissions: After the successful Bidder has received the Notice to Proceed or Letter of Intent to Enter the Contract the Bidder shall, within ten (10) working days, provide copies of the following submittals to the Engineer:

a. Proposed Construction Schedule and Sequencing for completion of the Work specified in this project manual.

b. Complete Materials List c. Manufacturer's Technical Literature as selected




d. Manufacturer's Instructions e. Catalog Data ("SPEC-DATA" Sheets) f. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) g. Samples of all materials of construction, including caulkings, sealers,

fasteners, and sheet metal h. Shop Drawings i. Certificates as approved Applicator by Manufacturer j. List of proposed storage facilities and their location(s) k. Proposed location(s) of dumpsters l. Schedule of Values (Note: each trade including labor and materials,

as well as all unit price items, are to be included in the schedule of values)

m. The Contractor shall provide a health and safety plan, a temporary protection program and work schedule as they relate to the construction project.

n. The Contractor shall provide a detailed safety plan outlining the fall arrest, tie-off anchorage, securement of equipment, etc. related to the activities associated with working at the site.

o. The Contractor shall provide an overhead and sidewalk protection plan.

p. The Contractor shall comply with NFPA 241.

3. The Contractor shall make contract submissions in full packages. Any list of required submittals provided to the Contractor shall be responded to fully by the Contractor. Formal submissions by the Contractor which do not address every open article of the submittal list shall be returned to the Contractor for completion prior to review. Time issues resulting from the above shall be borne by the Contractor.

4. Bi-weekly Submissions: At the end of each second weekly period during construction, the Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule which will show the status of the work with respect to the schedule and anticipated completion date. A list of all completed work is also required.

5. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor is to provide the Owner with copies of all building permits, etc.

1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Original Submittal: One (1) reproducible copy and three (3) prints of all shop drawings shall be submitted for approval within five (5) days of Award of Contract.

B. Shop drawings for all aspects of this project shall be submitted. The shop drawings shall include existing conditions, all applicable dimensions, new products to be installed, locations, etc.

C. Resubmittal: When a resubmittal is required, the original transparency so indicating will be returned to the Contractor. After revision of the original, one (1) new reproducible and one (1) print shall be submitted for review.




D. Review: The above procedure shall be repeated until approval is obtained. The original reproducible copy of the reviewed shop drawing will be returned to the Contractor, at which time the Contractor shall make prints in sufficient numbers for the Engineer (four copies), as well as sufficient copies for his use.

E. Shop drawings of an engineering nature shall be sent directly to the Engineer for review, with a copy of the transmittal and one (1) print sent to the Owner.

F. Transmittal: All reproducibles shall be transmitted rolled in mailing tubes and not folded.

1.5 SAMPLES

A. Original Submittal: Four (4) samples, unless otherwise specified, of each item for which samples are required shall be furnished for approval. Approval shall be obtained prior to delivery of the materials to the project site. Such samples shall be representative of the actual material proposed for use in the project and of sufficient size to demonstrate design, color, texture, and finish when these attributes will be exposed to view in the finished work.

B. Resubmittal: All rejected samples will be returned upon request, and any or all resubmittals shall consist of four (4) new samples.

C. Review: Upon approval by the Engineer, one sample so noted will be returned and the remainder will be retained by the Engineer until completion of the work. When requested, all approved samples will be returned for installation, provided their identity is maintained in an approved manner until final acceptance of the project.

D. Important specific samples are specified in Technical Sections of the Specifications. The Contractor is cautioned to quickly provide specified samples.

E. Each submittal item shall have the technical section and paragraph number clearly indicated. All submittal items without the proper designations will be returned and will not be reviewed.

1.6 CATALOG DATA

A. Submittals: Four (4) copies of catalog data are required for the original submittal and each subsequent resubmittal along with shop drawings. Following review, one (1) copy will be returned with its status noted. If approved, such additional copies may be requested by the Engineer and shall be furnished without additional cost.

B. Data: Each submittal shall have all pertinent data contained therein that is applicable to the item submitted for review, adequately and permanently designated.




1.7 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

A. Where in these specifications an item is called for to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, specifications or recommendations, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with two (2) printed copies of said directions, specifications or recommendations, before the item is installed.

1.8 CERTIFICATES AND GUARANTEES

A. Certificates of performance, treatment, and conformance to specified standards shall be submitted prior to initiating work on the project.

B. Copies of all guarantees required on the project shall be submitted for review and acceptance as to form.

1.9 IDENTIFICATION

A. Data: All submittals for review shall have the following identification data, as applicable, contained thereon, or permanently adhered thereto: 1. Project name and location. 2. Engineer's name. 3. Subcontractor's, Vendor's, and/or Manufacturer's name and address. 4. Product Identification. (It is important that the specific product intended for

use is indicated on manufacturer's literature). 5. Shop drawing title, drawing number, revision number, and date of drawing

and revision. 6. Applicable Contract Drawings and Specification Section numbers.

B. Catalog Data: Each separate catalog, brochure, or single page submitted shall have the identification required hereinbefore. 1. Catalogs or brochures submitted containing multiple items for approval need

the identification on the exterior and on each specific item clearly circled, flagged, or otherwise identified.

2. In the event that one or more of the multiple items are not approved in any submittal, the additional copies required will not be requested until all items are approved.

C. Space: Vacant space approximately two and one-half inches wide by four inches high shall be provided adjacent to the identification data to receive the Engineer's status stamp.

1.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY

A. Representation: By their submittal of any shop drawing or catalog data, the Contractor thereby represents that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data, or will do so, and that they have checked and coordinated each item




with other applicable approved shop drawings and the Contract requirements. Certification shall appear on each shop drawing stating that the Contractor has made this check. All drawings without this certification will be returned without examination.

B. Deviations: Changes on the submitted shop drawings that deviate from the Design Drawings must be brought to the Owners and Designers attention in writing prior to review. Changes must be clearly visible on the shop drawings in the form of written notation, ballooning or highlighting the intended change. A written description for the proposed change must also be included and submitted on company letterhead. Changes to drawings and details not submitted in accordance with these requirements will not be recognized as an approved deviation from the Design of Record. Construction repairs, renovations, or replacements required as a result of shop drawing and submittal deviations that are not documented in accordance with these requirements are subject to removal and/or replacement by the Contractor, at the sole cost of the Contractor.

C. Commencement: Order, fabricate, and install materials requiring a submittal only after the approval of the submittals and shop drawings related to such items. Any items installed prior to approval may be required to be removed and replaced with an approved item at no additional cost to the Owner and with no extension of the completion date of the contract.

D. Acceptance: Project Work, materials, fabrication and installation shall conform to accepted submittals, shop drawings, and catalog data.

E. Manufacturer's Information: Where manufacturer's directions, specifications or requirements are called for, the Contractor shall have the responsibility of determining whether such directions, specifications, or requirements may safely and suitably be employed in the work. Notification of the Owner must be made, in writing, if deviations or modifications are necessary for installation safety or proper operations.

F. Concealed Conditions: If an unspecified or undetailed condition is discovered during the work, the Contractor shall submit scaled shop drawings indicating specific components and configurations planned for use. Provide temporary protection for the duration of the review process. Shop drawings must be approved and accepted by the Owner and/or the Owner’s Representative prior to installation of the related work.

G. Non-Submittal: Failure by the Contractor to submit shop drawings or submittals in ample time for review or resubmission (if required) prior to the commencement of construction shall not affect the completion date of the contract. Materials or methods of construction utilized in the Work by the Contractor without written acceptance by the Owner shall be done at the Contractor's own risk. Such materials or methods shall be subject to rejection by the Owner.

H. Prohibitions: No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing, sample or catalog data shall be started, nor shall any materials be fabricated or installed, prior to the approval of such item.




I. Review: Project work, materials, fabrication, and installation shall conform with approved shop drawings, applicable samples and catalog data.

J. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Designer’s receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 calendar days for initial review of each submittal.

Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Engineer will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by the Engineer’s consultants, or other parties is required, allow 10 calendar days for initial review of each submittal.

3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Engineer’s consultants, provide duplicate copy of the transmittal to the Engineer. The submittal will be returned to Engineer before being returned to Contractor.

4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

5. Allow 10 calendar days for processing each re-submittal. 6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to

transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. 7. The Engineer will schedule one working day for submittal review for this

project, typically on a Wednesday of each week. Unless a time critical submittal requires immediate attention, all individual, or partial submittal packages will be retained, and not reviewed until multiple items are provided until said designated day. The Contractor shall take this into account when scheduling and coordinating submittal and construction activities to prevent delays in their work activities.

8. Multiple individual submittal reviews or incomplete packages are subject to potential back charges to the Contractor due to unreasonable review times which may be required. The Contractor is to provide complete submittal packages for technical section.

K. Prior to the start of construction, the General Contractor shall complete applicable applications, permits, and notifications to the MADEP, such as the Demolition/Construction form BWP AQ-06, and the Asbestos Notification Form ANF-001, if required and pay the required fees. These forms must be submitted at least 10 working days in advance of any regulated activity on the site or as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Demolition permits must be submitted for any work involving demolition, new construction and renovation. The General Contractor shall provide the Owner’s representative(s) with copies of any and all notifications as well as e-receipts for transmission to the Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. The Contractor shall provide a copy of all Contract Drawings showing as-built conditions and any Contract changes to the Owner at the completion of the project.







I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 013300 - Submittal Requirements.docx



TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 of 8

SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section contains instructions and requirements for the provision and utilization of temporary facilities to protect the Owner's property, the site, and construction materials; and daily maintenance and cleanup of the site during the project.

1.3 CONTRACTORS USE OF EXISTING FACILITIES

A. Contractor is hereby made aware that the Owner’s daily operations shall not be affected by the work and shall conform to the Owner’s site/facility requirements. Furthermore, the Owner may require that the Contractor relocate to other work areas at times to avoid conflicts with the Owner’s operations. Therefore, the Contractor will be required to provide the Owner with a 72-hours notice on anticipated work areas.

B. The building will be occupied and in use during construction. The Contractor shall provide all protection, guards and barriers necessary to segregate the work area and the areas adjacent to or below ongoing work from pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Protect existing building, building finishes, landscaping, and paved areas from damage.

C. Limit the use of the premises to the work indicated, so as to allow for the Owner's uninterrupted occupancy and use. Confine operations to the areas indicated under the Contract. Conformance to the regulations set forth by the Owner, regarding use of existing facilities is mandatory.

D. Owner may assist in controlling occupancy. Contractor shall provide and place portable barricades, as coordinated with the Owner.

E. Take any and all precautions necessary and provide equipment, materials and labor to adequately protect previous construction, the building, its contents and occupants, and surrounding landscaped areas from damage due to construction as well as from inclement weather during construction.

F. Clean interior and exterior areas affected by the construction on a daily basis. Do not allow construction debris, waste materials, tools, excess packaging materials or other construction related materials to accumulate on the roof, work platforms, in the facility, or at the exterior grounds and paved areas.




1.4 SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Sanitary facilities shall be provided as required by local and state statute. They are to be provided by the Contractor in a location designated by the Owner. Units shall be ballasted to prevent overturning, and secured to prevent un-authorized access.

B. Sanitary facilities shall not be stored on the roof at any time during the project.

1.5 BARRIERS

A. The Contractor shall install temporary fencing, warning lines, barriers, and the like, as required, to segregate the construction areas from existing facilities, occupants and the public. In the event that access cannot be interrupted in the construction area, the Contractor shall provide protection above doorways and walks in the construction area.

B. The Contractor is required to conform to OSHA requirements and all local, state, and federal safety regulations.

C. The Contractor shall provide guard lights on all barriers and all lighting necessary to prevent vandalism of work and storage areas. The Owner is not responsible for Contractor's losses due to damage or theft by vandals.

D. The Contractor shall provide warning lines inside of doors and adjacent to roof areas being renovated.

1.6 SCAFFOLDING AND STAGING

A. Where scaffolding and staging is required for the proper installation of the work it shall be erected to provide a minimal impact on the site.

B. All barriers and warning lines shall be installed at the base of any scaffolding or staging and around ground areas below elevated staging.

C. Provide walk through overhead protection where work areas are above doors, walkways, or sidewalks.

D. All scaffolding and staging shall be erected in conformance with all applicable state, federal and local codes. The Contractor shall follow all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding the construction of scaffolding and staging and the protection of public safety. Specific reference shall be made to the OSHA Construction Safety Regulations and all requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries.

E. Should scaffolding be provided over the existing roof system, the Contractor shall provide a visual observation report of the existing roof components prior to setting up any equipment, and report any pre-existing damages to the Owner’s representative. Provide temporary protection as outlined within these documents.




1.7 UTILITIES

A. Electrical service will be provided to the Contractor free of charge by the Owner through exterior electrical outlets if operable. Use shall be limited to construction hours. The Contractor or Sub-Contractor will be required to provide their own generators as required to operate dust collection devices and/or equipment which may require large amperage than that available on site. The Owner reserves the right to charge the Contractor for excessive electrical service usage (i.e., wasteful usage). Should charges be considered, the Owner will notify the Contractors in writing of his/her intent, 48-hours in advance. Should the Contractor need to use generators to operate their grinders and equipment, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply these units.

B. Water for construction purposes will be provided to the Contractors free of charge by the Owner through exterior water spigots if operable. The Owner reserves the right to charge the Contractor for excessive or wasteful use. Should charges be considered, the Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of his/her intent, 48-hours in advance. Drinking water shall be provided by the Contractor.

C. All other utilities (phone, fax, access to the site, sanitary facilities, etc.) required will be provided by the Contractor.

D. Plumbing, heating, and electrical work, including reinstallation of equipment and other work to be performed by the Contractor, shall be carried out without interference to the building's normal operation. Where work requires interruption of service, the Contractor shall make advance arrangements with the Owner for dealing with such interruption.

E. Ensure proper and safe operation and maintenance of utility systems within the construction limits, whether these are supplied by the Owner's distribution system or otherwise, until the work is accepted by the Owner. Maintain and operate appurtenances within the construction area which serve the distribution system, subject to periodic inspection by the Owner's operating personnel. Inspection by any representative or personnel of the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities in connection with operation and maintenance of these facilities and equipment.

1.8 TEMPORARY PROTECTION

A. Provide suitable Owner approved temporary protection to prevent the entrance of debris and obstructions into the building. Provide warning signs to reroute personnel around areas of dangerous work. Schedule operations to allow for completion of work over a predetermined area within a day's work.

B. Protect materials scheduled to be reused from damage by placing them in labeled containers or wrappings stored in a weathertight trailer.




C. Provide temporary protection such as plywood and tarps for streets, drives, curbs, sidewalks, landscaping and existing exterior improvements during all phases of the project.

D. Provide temporary protection over windows/doors/vents/etc. as required to prevent dust migration into the building.

E. Provide temporary interior protection should there be interior masonry work performed under the Contract.

F. Roof Protection:

1. Provide 1-inch thick polyisocyanurate insulation, ballasted with plywood over low-slope roof areas.

2. Provide padded ladders at shingle roof work areas.

1.9 WALKWAY COVERING

A. Install walkway coverings above all entrances and at locations required to properly protect all construction and pedestrian personnel from falling debris. Roof coverings over entrances shall be constructed with layers of 3/4-inch thick plywood with a roof span rating of not less than 32-inches. Roof covering supports shall be placed at not more than 32-inches on center for the length of the coverings. The framework supporting the walkway covering shall be free-standing and well braced. The roof covering and support framing shall be designed to support a live load of at least 150 psf. The roof coverings shall be of width sufficient to cover the entrance doorway and extend 8-feet away from the building face. A minimum height clearance of 8-feet, 6-inches shall be maintained for temporary overhead protection. Protection shall be in accordance with all applicable OSHA standards.

B. Provide temporary 60-watt lighting under overhead staging locations where the general public may frequent. Temporary lighting shall be spaced 8’ minimum on center.

C. Provide temporary signage as required to show access/egress areas, or temporary closures of entrance ways.

1.10 DEBRIS REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall supply adequate covered receptacles for waste, debris, and rubbish.

B. All receptacles must be immediately removed from the site when full.

C. The grounds in the area of the receptacle must be cleaned daily and prior to moving the receptacle to another location on the project. Disposal shall be off-site in a legal dump intended for that use.

D. The receptacles shall be located in areas designated by the Owner. Receptacles shall not remain adjacent to the building overnight.




E. Receptacles shall be removed from the site daily. Should, for any reason, receptacle removal is not possible on any given day, the Contractor shall move the receptacle a minimum of 50-feet from the building or as required by local fire officials.

1.11 EXISTING COMPONENT REMOVAL

A. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor remove the existing systems to the ground in an uncontrolled manner. Machinery or devices used shall be manufactured for this purpose. Adjacent building and property areas shall be protected from airborne debris.

1.12 VOLATILE MATERIALS

A. The Contractor is reminded that the adhesives, solvents, etc., are highly volatile and flammable materials. These materials, along with tools and applicators and rags, shall not be stored on or within the building. Do not transport materials through the building. Take precautions and closely follow the Specification requirements for fire protection on site during construction.

B. Locate and use flame-heated equipment so as not to endanger the structure, other materials on site, or adjacent property. Locate and use flame-heated equipment in specific areas approved by the Owner. Do not relocate flame-heated equipment without prior approval from the Owner.

1.13 HOT WORK REQUIREMENTS

A. Hot work shall comply with NFPA 51B, Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting, And Other Hot Work, and 527 CMR 1.00 Massachusetts Comprehensive Fire Safety Code, Chapter 41.

B. The definition of Hot Work as listed in 527 CMR 1.00 and NFPA 51B 3.3.2 and 3.3.6 shall include 1) welding and allied processes, 2) heat treating, 3) grinding, 4) thawing pipes, 5) powder-driven fasteners, 6) hot riveting, 7) torch-applied roofing, and 8) similar applications producing or using sparks, flame, or heat.

C. All hot work including cutting, welding, brazing, etc. shall require a permit from the Middleboro Fire Department. The cost of any required fire watch required as condition of the permit shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The cost of any local Fire Department paid details is the responsibility of the Contractor.

D. All welding and cutting shall be in accordance with local Fire Department regulations. E. The Contractor shall confirm that all persons engaged in hot work operations on the

work site have completed a Hot Work Safety Certificate. Certificate shall be provided by the National Fire Protection Association or equivalent certificate or course completion as determined and approved by the Head of the Fire Department.




F. The Contractor will ensure that the requirements in the Contract Documents and any and all permits issued regarding Fire Protection and Prevention, including fire watch, are strictly adhered to during the entire Contract Time, until Final Completion of the Work.

G. The Contractor will be required to submit a written policy statement indicating who

has authority on all shifts and to otherwise comply with FM Global Hot Work Permit system for supervision of all hot work operations as this property is insured by Factory Mutual Global.

H. Torch cutting and/or welding operations by Subcontractors shall have the approval of the Contractor prior to start of such operations.

I. Wherever electric or gas welding or cutting work is done in the vicinity of combustible

material, or over areas where persons may be found, interposed shields of fireproof material shall be used to protect against fire damage or injury.

J. Personnel with suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be stationed near welding

and cutting operations to prevent the sparks from lodging in floor cracks or passing through floor or wall openings and from lodging in combustible materials.

K. Chemical extinguishers shall be available and ready for use in all locations where

torch cutting and/or welding operations are in progress.

1.14 PREPARATORY WORK BY THE OWNER

A. The Owner will perform the following preparatory work to the building contents below the work areas:

1. Coordinate the potential relocation of occupancy adjacent to the work areas. Note however that the building will be considered occupied at all times.

2. Upon written notification from the Contractor, the Owner may relocate adjacent building activities should it be anticipated that the construction renovations may affect the adjacent operations. The Contractor will be required to provide a description of the activities, duration, and suggested solutions to reduce potential issues.

3. The Owner shall relocate antennae’s and other communication systems as required to accommodate the work. The Contractor shall coordinate a minimum of five business days before relocation is required.

4. Aside from the work outlined above, the Owner will not perform any other preparatory work. The Owner shall be provided with sufficient notice (72-hours minimum) as to the location of the work, should it differ from the submitted work schedule.

1.15 PREPARATORY WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR

A. The Contractor will perform the following preparatory work to the building contents below the work areas:




1. Cover open shelving and office equipment including suspended ceilings, and furniture. No fixtures or appliances will be protected by the Owner.

2. Mask openings to closets, encased bookshelves, cabinets, and similar fixed storage areas.

3. Temporarily mask window openings to reduce dust infiltration. 4. The Contractor shall coordinate the shutdown of air intakes with the Owner’s

representative so as to prevent intake of dust and fumes. 5. Upon completion of the work, remove all masking and protection and clean

and restore the area to the satisfaction of the Owner. 6. Soiled, stained, or damaged floor areas will be cleaned, repaired, or replaced

by the Contractor to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.16 SIGNAGE

A. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall conspicuously post a project sign at ground level. This sign shall designate the project entrance. Only one (1) entry may be used by the Contractor at each site. The entry location shall be as directed by the Owner.

1.17 ACCESS TO THE WORK

A. Do not interfere with the Owner’s normal business operations. Coordinate activities and sequencing of the Work with the Owner.

B. The Contractor must secure the permission of the Owner prior to entering the building or performing work at the building interior. All access to the Work areas shall be provided by the Contractor from the exterior of the facility. An access tower shall be located at an Owner approved location for this purpose, and shall be made secure at the end of each work day to prevent un-authorized access onto the unit.

C. The Owner will designate which portions of the site the Contractor may utilize and access for the performances of the work. The Contractor must submit a site plan indicating their locations of set up, material storage, and parking. Parking at other locations throughout the lot, without prior authorization, is subject to vehicle removal at no cost to the Owner.

D. All hoisting of equipment and materials must be done on the exterior of the building. No tools will be permitted inside the building unless specifically required to perform the designated scopes of work.

E. The Contractor will be required to provide a clean change of clothes, and shall be responsible for any damages or stained interior components should access to the interior be required.




1.18 PARKING

A. The Contractor is encouraged to use public transportation or car pool to the site. Contractor parking at the site may be available at Owner approved locations. Contractor to coordinate all parking locations with the Owner. All emergency fire lanes, police access and overhead doors shall remain free and clean at all times.

1.19 TEMPORARY SITE OFFICE

A. The Owner will not provide the Contractor with a temporary office or telephone line within the building.

1.20 TRAFFIC CONTROL

A. At times, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to assist and direct traffic while erecting scaffolding and accepting material and equipment deliveries.

1.21 CLEAN-UP

A. Site clean-up shall be to the conditions prior to construction, and to the satisfaction of the General Contractor and Owner. Site clean-up shall be performed daily.

B. All roof, building (interior and exterior), landscape, and parking areas shall be cleaned of all trash, debris, and dirt caused by or associated with the work.

C. All landscape areas damaged or littered due to the work shall be raked clean and re-seeded if required.

D. All paved areas shall be swept clean of debris daily.

E. Any accumulated debris as a result of the roof renovations on the suspended ceiling tiles, or mechanical ductwork, shall be cleaned by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. All areas stained, dirtied, discolored, or otherwise damaged due to the work shall be cleaned, restored or replaced as required.

G. All trash and debris shall be completely removed from the site daily during the work and at the completion of the project. All debris shall be legally disposed of offsite.




I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.docx



WEATHER PROTECTION AND MATERIALS STORAGE 016300 - 1 of 4

SECTION 016300

WEATHER PROTECTION AND MATERIALS STORAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section contains instructions and requirements for the provision and maintenance of adequate delivery, storage and handling on site of products and materials to be utilized in the Work.

1.3 IN GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions and provide all equipment, materials and labor necessary to adequately protect the Contract Area, previous construction, the buildings, their contents and occupants, surrounding landscaped and paved areas from damage due to the construction or inclement weather during construction.

B. No storage on or within the building will be allowed without prior authorization from the Owner and Engineer.

1.4 WEATHER PROTECTION

A. Weather protection shall mean the temporary protection of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind, heat and cold by covering, patching, sealing, enclosing, ventilating, cooling and/or heating. This protection shall be provided for all work areas, the buildings and their contents, trafficked adjacent areas, and all construction materials and accessories.

B. The cost of heat, fuel and power necessary for proper weather protection shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

C. Installation of weather protection shall comply with all safety regulations, including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices.

1.5 FIRE PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary fire protection for the buildings, building contents and materials during construction. The Contractor shall provide incombustible protective blankets where necessary to protect surfaces or building contents from damage.




B. At no time shall any combustibles be stored inside the building. All adhesives, caulks and cleaning solvents shall be stored well away from the building in a method approved by local fire officials.

C. Should any cutting, burning, or welding be necessary, the Contractor shall provide a fire watch. This watch will continue during the operations and for four hours minimum after completion.

D. At no time shall open flames be present around adhesives, caulks, or cleaning solvents as they will readily ignite. Rags soaked with cleaning solvents shall not be discarded in the dumpsters but shall be stored in a metal receptacle and removed from the site daily.

E. The Contractor shall be required to comply with all local fire codes and shall obtain all permits necessary from the local fire department and provide one (1) copy to the Engineer.

F. The Contractor shall provide recently tested, fully charged fire extinguishers around the storage area, rubbish receptacle and two (2) within 100-feet of the work area or as specifically required by the Fire Department.

1.6 MATERIAL STORAGE, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. All materials shall be stored in trailers onsite or brought to the site daily. Storage trailers will be allowed in the location(s) designated by the Owner. All flammable substances cannot be stored along the building.

B. In the event that materials are exposed to the elements, they shall be marked as unacceptable and immediately removed from the site. They may not be used.

C. The Contractor will be required to provide additional tarps or canvas covers over any materials that may be stored with the Owner’s permission at the site. The Contractor will not be permitted to rely on the manufacturer’s shrink wrap material as the sole source of weather protection. These covers are to be adequately ballasted and secured to prevent wind uplift.

D. Protect all existing and new wood stored on site to prevent moisture absorption. Use tarps over the wood pile (top, sides and bottom) elevated on pallets (one side lower to shed water).

E. Onsite storage of materials is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner is not responsible for the Contractor’s losses due to damage or vandalism.

1.7 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Contractor is responsible for delivery, storage, maintenance, and security of tools and equipment.




1.8 ROOF PROTECTION

A. All existing roof areas, trafficked during construction, shall be protected as noted above.

B. The Contractor is responsible for the prompt repair of any damage to the existing roof systems resulting from the work at the project.

1.9 INSPECTION NOTIFICATION

A. Materials stored on site and subject to damage from wind, precipitation, or other potential climactic conditions will be subject to inspection on a daily basis by the Owner or Owner’s Representative.

B. If, during the Contract period, the Contractor is notified of insufficient weather protection, they shall, within 24-hours, properly restore the weather protection and repair or replace any damaged unprotected materials and systems.

C. Should the Contractor not enact immediate repair or replacement when notified, the Owner shall have the proper protection installed at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor is responsible for all damages to the building as a result of leaks.

1.10 MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION

A. The manufacturers of all the materials shall supply written instructions concerning the storage and handling of all supplied materials, including sealants, and accessories. The manufacturer shall also provide information concerning storage and handling of flammable or volatile materials.

B. Storage facilities shall be acceptable to the manufacturer and conform to his written requirements concerning temperature, humidity, ventilation and the like.

C. The "shelf-life" of materials shall be provided with the date of manufacture of all perishables, including volatiles, caulkings, and mastics.

D. The Contractor shall supply a copy of all manufacturers’ written instructions to the Owner and Engineer as outlined in Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall comply with all storage and handling requests and instructions of the manufacturer.




I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 016300 - Weather Protection and Materials Storage.docx



PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 017000 - 1 of 4

SECTION 017000

PROJECT CLOSE-OUT

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section contains requirements for items to be completed by the Contractor prior to Owner's final acceptance.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Substantial completion for this project is defined as the date when the Owner and Owner's Representative mutually agree and certify that all project related work has been properly installed and completed in a manner conforming to the Contract Documents. Work specified within the Contract Documents which has not been performed or has been performed in a manner which does not conform with the Contract Documents shall be deemed as not achieving substantial completion.

1.4 CLOSE-OUT PUNCH LIST REVIEW

A. Notify the Owner or Owner’s Representative in writing that the Contract Work of the project has been completed and is ready for close-out punch list review. After work is deemed substantially complete, and only minor repair items remain, the Owner's Representative shall tour the project site and compile a list of these items. Minor repair items are those items which have been properly installed and are functional, but which require cosmetic repair or cleaning that does not affect the systems' integrity. A copy of the list shall be sent to the Contractor who shall then correct each item. The Contractor shall certify completion of the itemized repair list to the Owner's Representative and request a re-review in writing. Should the Contractor delay correction of the list of items for more than 30 days, the Owner may have the deficiencies repaired by others at the Contractor's expense.

B. Any work specified within the Contract Documents, which has not been performed, or has been performed in a non- conforming manner to the Contract Documents shall not be defined as minor "punch-list" items, and must be performed or corrected as appropriate in order to achieve substantial completion.




1.5 PUNCH LIST RE-REVIEWS

A. After providing written notification to the Owner and Engineer that the punch list work has been completed, the Owner and Engineer will perform one (1) final review. Should additional re-reviews be required due to punch list items which are not completed or improperly completed, the costs of these re-reviews will be assessed to the Contractor.

1.6 MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION

A. After the re-inspection by the Owner's representative, the Materials Manufacturer's representative will be required to tour the site. The representative shall determine if the materials have been installed as required by the Manufacturer. Any items the representative determines were not so installed shall be reinstalled so as to comply with the Manufacturer's intended use. The Manufacturer shall forward a copy of the list of all items determined to be not installed as intended by the Manufacturer to the General Contractor and Engineer.

1.7 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES

A. When both the Owner's representative and the Manufacturer's representative agree that the Contractor has performed according to the Specifications and has installed the materials to the satisfaction of the Manufacturer, the Contractor shall petition the Manufacturer for the materials guarantee. They shall forward this guarantee to the Owner and provide a copy for the Engineer.

B. The Contractor will be required to provide lien releases for their work. The Contractor shall then forward their guarantee covering the construction to the Owner and provide one (1) copy for the Engineer.

1.8 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS

A. A minimum of four (4) sets of close-out documents are to be placed in individual three ring binders and submitted to the Engineer for review. Three sets will be issued to the Owner, and one set retained by the Engineer. One CD-ROM of all the documents will also be provided to the Engineer and Owner at a special closeout meeting once the package has been accepted.

1. Specified Contractor's and Materials Manufacturer's Warranties and Guaranties.

2. Executed Punch-List Inspection letter. 3. Consent of Surety to Final Payment (AIA Form G707). 4. Lien Releases from Contractor, subcontractor and suppliers (AIA Form

G706A). 5. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (AIA Form G706). 6. Final Application and Certificate for Payment (AIA Form G702). 7. As-Built Drawings. 8. Other documents which may be specifically required by the Owner, or the

Engineer.




1.9 RETAINAGE RELEASE

A. When guaranties, warranties, certificates of compliance, and lien releases have been received by the Owner, and the Work has been accepted by the Owner as complete, the Owner shall release retainage monies to the Contractor and other monies retained by the Owner to ensure project completion in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract.




I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 017000 - Project Closeout.docx



SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024100 - 1 of 8

SECTION 024100

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry B. Section 072400 – Exterior Insulation And Finish System (EIFS) C. Section 073100 – Asphalt Shingle Roofing D. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing E. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim F. Section 223000 – Plumbing G. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects H. Section 264100 – Lightning Protection


A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of buildings and structures and as required for new work. Refer to the appropriate technical Section and Contract Drawings for additional requirements.

2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or turned over to the facility. 3. Removal and legal disposal of demolished materials off site. Except those

items specifically designated to be relocated, reused, or turned over to the facility, all existing removed materials, items, trash and debris shall become property of the Contractor and shall be completely removed from the site and legally disposed of at her/his expense. Salvage value belongs to the Contractor. Onsite sale of materials is not permitted.

4. Scheduling and sequencing operations without interrupting utilities serving occupied areas. If interruption is required, obtain written permission from the utility company and the Owner. Schedule interruption when the least amount of inconvenience will result.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.




B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to the User Agency ready for reuse, at a location designated by the User Agency. Protect from weather until accepted by User Agency.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. Protect from weather until reinstallation.

D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or re-moved and reinstalled.

1.5 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques, antiques, and other items of interest or value to the Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain property of the Owner or user Agency as applicable. Carefully remove each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to a location ac-ceptable to the Owner.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with early and

late starting and finishing dates for each activity. Ensure Owner’s on-site operations are uninterrupted if applicable.

2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.

3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Locations of proposed dust- and noise-control temporary partitions and

means of egress, including for other occupants affected by selective demolition operations.

6. Coordination of Owner’s continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner’s partial occupancy of completed Work.

7. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building.

B. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged, and turned over to the Owner.

C. Predemolition Videotapes: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as dam-age caused by selective demolition operations. Comply with Division 01. Submit before Work begins.




1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Examination of Existing Conditions: The Contractor shall examine the Contract Drawings for demolition and removal requirements and provisions for new work. Verify all existing conditions and dimensions before commencing work. The Con-tractor shall visit the site and examine the existing conditions as he finds them and shall inform herself/himself of the character, extent and type of demolition and re-moval work to be performed. Submit any questions regarding the extent and char-acter of the demolition and removal work in the manner and within the time period established for receipt of such questions during the bidding period.

B. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in dem-olition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

C. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.

D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations be-fore beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Engineer.




E. Engage a professional engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction videotapes.

1. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.

G. Perform surveys as the work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies and User

Agency. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned,

before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.

3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed with removal of the wall.

4. Prior to commencing cutting work in existing surfaces, take all precautionary measures to assure that mechanical and electrical services to the particular area have been made inactive. Coordinate with Fire Protection, Plumbing, HVAC, and Electrical subcontractors. Only licensed tradesmen of that particular trade shall disconnect and cap existing mechanical and electrical items that are to be removed, abandoned and/or relocated.

5. If, during the process of cutting work, existing utility lines are encountered which are not indicated on the Drawings, regardless of their condition, immediately report such items to the Engineer. Do not proceed with work in such areas until instructions are issued by the Engineer. Continue work in other areas.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.




1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 015000 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS.

2. Maintain adequate passage to and from all exits at all times. Before any work is done which significantly alters access or egress patterns, consult with the Engineer and obtain approval of code required egress. Under no condition block or interfere with the free flow of people at legally required exits, or in any way alter the required condition of such exits.

B. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective

demolition. 2. Remove temporary shoring, bracing and structural supports when no

longer required. 3. Post warning signs and place barricades as applicable during placement

and removal of temporary shoring.

C. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around demolition area(s). 1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and

covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary barricades as required to limit access to demolition areas.

2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.

D. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with demolition operations.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level.

Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.




4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during and after flame-cutting operations.

5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable

materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method

suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so

as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to the Owner. 4. Transport items to storage area designated by the Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.

Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of

containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation

requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Engineer, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

E. Items for Re-use and Preservation of Existing Surfaces to Remain: 1. The Contractor shall inspect closely each item specifically designated to be

relocated, re-used, or turned over to the Owner prior to its removal, and immediately report damages and defects to the Engineer and Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for any subsequent damage to the same other than latent defects not readily apparent from close inspection and shall bear responsibility for its repair or same replacement as directed by the Engineer, to the satisfaction of the Owner.

2. Unless special surface preparation is specified under other Specification Sections, leave existing surfaces that are to remain in a condition suitable to receive new materials and/or finishes.




3.5 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PROPERTY

A. Provide all measures required by federal, state and municipal laws, regulations, and ordinances for the protection of surrounding property, the public, workmen, and Commonwealth’s employees during all demolition and removal operations. Measures are to be taken, but not limited to installation of sidewalks, sheds, barricades, fences, warning lights and signs, trash chutes and temporary lighting.

B. Protect all walks, roads, streets, curbs, pavements, trees and plantings, on and off premises, and bear all costs for correcting such damage as directed by the Engineer, and to the satisfaction of the Owner.

C. Demolition shall be performed in such a manner that will insure the safety of adjacent property. Protect adjacent property from damage and protect persons occupying adjacent property from injuries which might occur from falling debris or other cause and so as not to cause interference with the use of other portions of the building, of adjacent buildings or the free access and safe passage to and from the same.

D. Every precaution shall be taken to protect against movement or settlement of the building, of adjacent buildings, structures, sidewalks, roads, streets, curbs and pavements. Provide and place at the Contractor’s own expense, all necessary bracing and shoring in connection with demolition and removal work.

E. Remove portions of structures with care by using tools and methods that will not transfer heavy shocks to existing and adjacent building structures, both internal and external of the particular work area.

F. Provide and maintain in proper condition, suitable fire resistive dust barriers around areas where interior demolition and removal work is in progress. Dust barriers shall prevent the dust migration to adjacent areas. Remove dust barriers upon completion of major demolition and removal in the particular work area.

G. Protect unaltered portions of existing construction, including finishes, furnishings and equipment.

H. Provide secure weather protection where demolition has removed a portion of the exterior envelope.

3.6 DISCOVERY OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A. If hazardous materials, such as chemicals, asbestos-containing materials, or other hazardous materials are discovered during the course of the work, cease work in affected area only and immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of such discovery. Do not proceed with work in such areas until instructions are issued by the Engineer. Continue work in other areas.




B. If unmarked containers are discovered during the course of the work, cease work in the affected area only and immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of such discovery. Do not proceed with work in such areas until instructions are issued by the Engineer. Take immediate precautions to prohibit endangering the containers integrity. Continue work in other areas.

3.7 CUTTING

A. Perform all cutting of existing surfaces in a manner which will ensure a minimal difference between the cut area and new materials when patched. Use extreme care when cutting existing surfaces containing concealed utility lines which are indicated to remain and bear full responsibility for repairing or replacement of all such utilities that are accidentally damaged.

B. Provide a flush saw cut edge where pavement, curb and concrete removals abut new construction work or existing surfaces to remain undisturbed.

C. Provide fire safing through all interior penetration walls to seal around new penetrations.

3.8 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

C. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

D. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

3.9 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Premises shall be left in a clean condition and ready to accept alteration work and new construction.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 024100 - Selective Demolition.docx



METAL DECK REPAIRS 053000 - 1 of 4

SECTION 053000

METAL DECK REPAIRS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.


A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing D. Section 223000 – Plumbing


A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools, and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following: 1. Prepare and repair surficial rusted areas of metal decking that are

uncovered during the roof replacement process. Refer to Section 012200 – Unit Prices for additional information.

1.4 UNIT PRICES

A. The prepare and repair surficial rusted areas of metal decking that are uncovered during the roof replacement shall be as described in Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES. There are no areas of surficial rusted deck shown on the Contract Drawings.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS

A. The building shall remain occupied during construction. The Contractor shall coordinate with Owner 72-hours prior to gaining interior access. The Contractor shall provide all protection, barriers, and guards necessary to segregate their work area, and the areas below, from pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Also, protect existing roof areas, equipment, landscaping, and paved areas from damage.

B. Fully charged, inspected and approved fire extinguishers shall be on site at all times. No cutting, grinding or welding of any kind shall proceed without an approved fully charged fire extinguisher.




1.6 REFERENCES

A. AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, (AISC Specifications)

AISC M011 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design

AISC M013 Detailing for Steel Construction

AISC S303 Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges

B. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM A36/A36M (2012) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

ASTM A123/A Standard Spec. for Zinc Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

STM A307 (2010) Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength

ASTM F 436 (2011) Hardened Steel Washers

ASTM A563 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts

ASTM A992/A992M (2011) Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes

C. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)

AWS A2.4 (2007) Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination

AWS D1.1/D1.1M (2010; Errata 2011) Structural Welding Code – Steel

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings and Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS.

1.8 GUARANTEES

A. Upon completion of the work and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a guarantee of his work as free from defect in materials and workmanship. The guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years. The guarantee shall be signed by an officer of the Contractor’s firm and sealed if a corporation.




PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRIMER (UNIT PRICE WORK)

A. All Primer for surficially rusted steel: Corrosion-inhibiting, lead and chromate-free, metal primer such as Kem Bond HS Universal metal primer by Sherwin Williams, Super Spec HP alkyd metal primer P06 by Benjamin Moore or Engineer approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 IN GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall coordinate all work in this Section with the work in other sections as required for the work to proceed in an orderly fashion. Repairs shall be performed in the specified, controlled manner so as to provide a watertight building at the end of each day’s work, free of excessive build-up of trash, dust, dirt, and debris. The general procedure for this is listed below, and all items shall be done on a daily basis.

B. The Contractor shall protect exposed roof areas until viewed by the Engineer and renovated with the new system.

3.2 METAL DECK REPAIRS (UNIT PRICE WORK)

A. In locations where the existing metal deck or framing shows signs of surficial rusting, prepare and prime these areas.

B. Provide interior protection to avoid damaging interior finishes should the metal primer drip through existing holes and/or joints within the existing metal roof deck. Contractor will be required to clean and/or replace Owner’s interior finishes at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. Scrape and wire brush surficially rusted surfaces down to sound metal. Remove all rust and corrosion to reveal 100% bare metal.

D. Apply one coat of the specified cold galvanizing compound. Apply by brush or roller. Apply to all surfaces including bottoms of flutes.

E. Allow compound to dry to the touch prior to installing roof system components.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 053000 - Metal Deck Repairs and Replacement.docx



ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1 of 8

SECTION 061000

ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing C. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim D. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects



1. Coordinate this work with all trades to provide orderly progress of the tasks.

2. Install new wood blocking at roof penetrations, roof perimeters, roof to wall locations, and as required to properly terminate the new roofing and flashing systems. Coordinate the final wood blocking heights with the insulation configuration to provide a uniform height around the perimeter of each roof – refer to Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for additional information.

3. Re-secure bottom layer of existing wood blocking at roof penetrations and roof perimeter locations where the existing wood blocking is designated to remain.

4. Remove and replace any deteriorated wood blocking designated to remain as a unit price. Remove and replace any deteriorated wood deck planking designated to remain as a unit price. Remove and replace any deteriorated plywood sheathing designated to remain as a unit price. Refer to Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES for Additional information.

5. Install wood curb extensions at rooftop mechanical vents and fan units as required to provide minimum 8-inch flashing height. Coordinate with Section 261000 – TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS for additional information.




6. Install wood/plywood sheathing at expansion joints as required to provide minimum 8-inch flashing height. Coordinate final height with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING.

7. Install new wood concealed sleepers at designated locations to support equipment above the roof surface. Coordinate with Section 055100 – ROOF LADDERS, Section 261000 – TEMPORARY MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS.


1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment

manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material.

2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials, both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures when tested according to ASTM D 5516 and ASTM D 5664.

3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.

4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment.

B. Contractor to provide site safety plan.

1.5 UNIT PRICES

A. The preparation and replacement of deteriorated plywood sheathing shall be as described in Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES. There are no areas of deteriorated plywood sheathing shown on the Contract Drawings.

B. Remove and replace existing wood blocking designated to remain shall be as described in Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES. There are no areas of deteriorated wood blocking shown on the Contract Drawings.

C. Remove and replace any deteriorated wood deck planking designated to remain shall be as described in Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES. There are no areas of deteriorated wood decking shown on the Contract Drawings.





A. Forest Certification: Provide rough carpentry produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC’s "Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

1.8 GUARANTEE

A. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with a minimum two-year workmanship warranty for their work. In the event any work related to this section is found to be defective within two years of substantial completion, the Contractor shall remove and replace such at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DIMENSIONAL LUMBER

A. All dimensional lumber for roofs and walls shall be construction grade Douglas Fir, Hem-Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, formed to the dimensions shown on the Detail Drawings and as required for proper installation of the new work. All new exterior perimeter woodwork, nailers, and wood blocking used on the building shall be minimum 6-inch wide, except where otherwise detailed. Wood furring/blocking shall be permitted to be minimum 6-inch wide at expansion joints and wall locations.

B. All roof woodwork shall have a maximum moisture content of 19% by weight on a dry weight basis. Kiln drying may be required to conform to maximum 19% moisture content.

C. Pressure treated wood blocking/sleepers will only be permitted when wood furring or blocking is in direct contact with concrete, masonry, or exposed to the exterior.

D. Shims for roof edge blocking shall be continuous cedar of the size required to provide a sloped surface for the roof edge detail as shown in the Contract Drawings.

2.2 PLYWOOD

A. Plywood shall be APA Grade CD, Exterior, minimum ½-inch thick for wall systems, unless designated otherwise on the detail drawings. Pressure treated plywood will not be permitted.




2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Blocking. 3. Nailers.

B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 15 percent moisture content.

2.4 FASTENERS

A. In general, all fasteners, anchors, nails, straps and other accessories shall be of stainless steel, galvanized steel or fluorocarbon coated steel. Galvanizing shall be hot dip in accordance with ASTM A153 Specifications. Electro-galvanized items shall not be used.

B. Fasteners for securing wood blocking to wood blocking shall be galvanized annular threaded ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member 1-1/2-inch minimum, except full depth into plywood.

C. Fasteners for securing wood blocking to metal decking shall be Number 15 minimum coated steel deck screws, with a minimum 1-inch embedment.

D. Fasteners for securing plywood to concrete or masonry surfaces shall be ¼-inch diameter hammer drive anchors with zinc-alloy sheaths and stainless steel inserts as manufactured by Star Fasteners, Rawl, OMG or approved equal. Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving substrate 1-1/4-inch minimum.

E. Fasteners for securing plywood to metal studs shall be ¼-inch diameter self-taping stainless-steel screws. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member.

F. Anchors for securing wood blocking to concrete masonry unit shall be ½-inch diameter threaded stainless steel (AISI 304 or 316) adhesive anchor bolts with mating nuts and washers. Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the concrete masonry unit. Refer to the Contract Drawings for minimum embedment depths.

G. Adhesive for use with threaded anchors shall be a 2-component, 100% solids, solvent-free, moisture-tolerant, high-modulus, high strength, structural epoxy paste adhesive conforming to the current ASTM C-881, Types I and IV, Grade 3, Class-B/C and AASHTO M-235 specifications with the minimum strength values:

1. Compressive Strength (28-Day): 14,000 psi 2. Bond Strength: 2,900 psi 3. Shear Strength: 4,600 psi

H. Fasteners for securing to pressure treated wood blocking shall be stainless steel.




PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood.

D. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards.

E. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.

F. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood.

G. Refer to FM Data Sheet 1-49 concerning spacing requirements for perimeter blocking anchorage. All anchors and fasteners that attach wood blocking to the structure shall have their spacing halved for an 8-foot length away from all exterior corners of the perimeter.

3.2 REMOVAL OF WOOD BLOCKING

A. Remove and dispose of all deteriorated wood blocking and all blocking scheduled to be removed and replaced in accordance with the Contract Drawings and this Specification.

B. During removal and replacement of woodwork, the Contractor shall report to the Owner and Engineer any existing wood blocking designated to remain which is deteriorated or unsuitable. Do not cover unacceptable areas until reviewed by the Engineer, and provide temporary protection to the area in question. Existing blocking scheduled to remain shall be re-secured with the appropriate fasteners spaced 24-inches on center to the existing roof deck or structure.

3.3 PERIMETER WOOD BLOCKING INSTALLATION

A. The perimeter wood blocking shall be installed at a consistent, even height throughout that roof area to provide a flush transition from insulation to blocking and provide an even and continuous line for metal fascia installation.




B. All butt joints in woodwork shall be flush to provide a smooth, uniform line with no irregularities. Built-up blocking shall have butt joints staggered 4-feet minimum layer to layer. The minimum length of any individual piece of woodwork shall be 2-feet. All lengths of woodwork shall have a minimum of 2 fasteners. Layers of wood blocking at corners shall be interlocked to provide additional stability.

C. At roof perimeters, the wood blocking and plywood shall be installed as detailed. Provide 8-inch nominal wide blocking at roof perimeters unless otherwise detailed.

D. Existing wood blocking and curbs may be required to be cut back or trimmed to provide an even flush assembly as shown on the Detail Drawings. This shall be accomplished with power or hand tools. Should cutting of existing components reduce or eliminate securement of their components, the Contractor shall re-secure with the appropriate fasteners.

3.4 FASTENING OF WOODWORK

A. All existing woodwork to be reused shall be re-secured with the specified fasteners spaced 12-inches on center maximum, to the roof deck. The Contractor shall be made aware that the re-securement fasteners may need to penetrate multiple layers of existing wood blocking before penetrating the roof deck and shall provide proper length fasteners.

B. Wood blocking shall be fastened directly to the roof deck with the specified fasteners spaced 16-inches on center maximum, staggered off the centerline of the woodwork being secured. Predrilling of fastener holes shall be completed prior to installing fasteners. Should the wood blocking be greater than a nominal 2x6, fasteners shall be spaced 16-inches on center maximum in pairs.

C. Wood blocking to wood blocking connections shall be made using the specified nails spaced 12-inches on center maximum and staggered off the centerline of the woodwork being secured. Nails shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member 1-1/2-inches minimum.

D. Plywood shall be fastened to vertical concrete, and metal surfaces with the specified fasteners spaced 8-inches on center both vertically and horizontally.

E. Plywood shall be fastened to vertical stud framing or masonry substrates with the specified fasteners spaced 6-inches on center maximum vertically.

F. Spacing of fasteners should not exceed 12-inches, 8-feet each way from outside corners. Withdrawal resistance should be 100 lbs. per nail minimum.

G. At designated locations, install new 1/2-inch diameter stainless steel anchors spaced at 12-inches from each corner and discontinuous end, and 36-inches on center at perimeter with mating nut and washer countersunk as indicated on the Contract Drawings.




1. Pre-drill into concrete masonry unit and clean hole as per the adhesive manufacturer’s requirements and set threaded rod into adhesive.

3.5 UNIT CURBS

A. Where applicable, wood blocking shall be installed to provide curbs to support units as required to raise units 8-inch minimum above the roof surface, and to provide a smooth flashing transition between the insulation system, and curb unit as shown on the Detail Drawings.

B. Mechanical and electrical work requiring extension in order to raise and support units shall be completed by licensed tradesmen. Coordinate with Section 261000 – TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS.

3.6 PLYWOOD SHEATHING INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate this work with that of the other trades to provide the orderly progress of construction and a water tight condition.

B. Secure ½-inch minimum thick plywood sheathing over the substrate accepting the new thermoplastic wall claddings. Coordinate the wall cladding with that of the finished roof surface to provide a minimum 8-inch flashing height. Where practical, the plywood assembly can be sized to allow the plywood surface to be flush with the wood blocking around the perimeter of the roof system.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 061000 - Rough Carpentry.docx



EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) 072400 - 1 of 14

SECTION 072400

EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing D. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim



1. Supply all necessary chutes, disposal facilities, transportation and labor necessary to dispose of all demolished materials, dirt, and debris off-site in a legal dumping area. The Contractor shall obtain all permits necessary to transport and dispose of all materials, rubbish and debris.

2. Remove the existing exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) where indicated on the contract drawings down to the existing exterior sheathing. Refer to Section 024100 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION for additional information.

3. Coordinate the repair of any sections of the existing exterior insulation and finish system which are found to be cracked, damaged, and unsuitable to recoat. Refer to Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES for additional information.

4. Install new exterior insulation with a drainage plan between the new air barrier and insulation.

5. Install reinforcing mesh, base coat, and surface finish layers as recommended by the manufacturer. Back-wrap all ends and transitions as required by the EIFS manufacturer.




6. Install all flashings, inside/outside corners, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as recommended by the manufacturer. Coordinate with Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHINGS AND TRIM for additional information.

7. Perform EIFS repairs to designated locations and recoat entire EIFS areas, where indicated on the Contract Drawings.

8. Coordinate work with the roofing work. Refer to Section 075400 - THERMOPLASTIC ROOFING, and Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHINGS AND TRIM for additional information.


1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions in ASTM E 2110 apply to Work of this Section.

B. EIFS: Exterior insulation and finish system(s).

C. IBC: International Building Code.

1.5 PROJECT CONDTIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Maintain ambient temperatures above 40 deg F for a minimum of 24-hours before, during, and after adhesives or coatings are applied. Do not apply EIFS adhesives or coatings during rainfall. Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions and ambient outdoor air, humidity, and substrate temperatures permit EIFS to be applied, dried, and cured according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.

B. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work by other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work.

C. All surfaces to receive new air barrier, insulation, finishes, or flashings shall be thoroughly dry. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surface prior to application. No open flames shall be permitted on the roof at any time.

D. Equipment required to hoist materials to the roof and to remove debris from the roof shall be supplied, maintained, and operated by the Contractor.

E. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations inside or outside of the buildings.




F. The Contractor shall remove only as much exterior insulation finish system cladding, flashing and associated components, and other exterior waterproofing components as can be completely replaced or made watertight in a given day’s work, as required to maintain the building in a watertight, secure condition throughout the duration of the project.

G. Materials which have a temperature other than the application temperatures of the manufacturer shall not be applied.

H. During removal operations, the Contractor is responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and run-off resulting from the work. The Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent surfaces, site fixtures or personal property. Specific attention is drawn to the use of chemicals and cleaners.

I. Cover sidewall areas with canvas tarps where existing roof system is discarded into refuse containers via trash chutes. Plastic or "poly" tarps shall not be used. Do not cover or block air intake or discharge louvers.

J. Protect roof areas below the work area with 1-inch thick polyisocyanurate insulation boards covered by plywood boards. Provide sufficient ballast to prevent wind uplift of the protection boards.

K. The Contractor shall provide protection of entrance ways, sitework, plantings, landscaping, building surfaces and similar items to protect from damage. Items damaged as a result of the work in this section shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.

L. It is the intent of this project that there will be sections of the existing EIFS wall cladding that will be designated to be removed and replaced, and sections of the existing EIFS wall cladding to be re-coated. The Contractor shall refer to the Contract Drawings for specific locations. At covered walkway locations, the scope of work for the re-coating ends at the lower edge/corner of the EIFS fascia.

1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. EIFS Performance: Comply with ASTM E 2568 and ICC-ES AC219.

B. Weathertightness: Resistant to uncontrolled water penetration from exterior, with a means to drain water entering EIFS to the exterior.

C. System Fire Performance: NFPA 285

D. Structural Performance: EIFS assembly and components shall comply with ICC-ES AC219 when tested according to ASTM E 2568.

E. Wind Loads: -43PSF (suction).




F. Impact Performance: ASTM E 2568, Standard impact resistance unless otherwise indicated.

G. Bond Integrity: Free from bond failure within EIFS components or between EIFS and substrates, resulting from exposure to fire, wind loads, weather, or other in-service conditions.

H. Abrasion Resistance of Finish Coat: Sample consisting of 1-inch- (25.4-mm-) thick EIFS mounted on 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) thick gypsum board; cured for a minimum of 28 days and shows no cracking, checking, or loss of film integrity after exposure to 528 quarts (500 L) of sand when tested according to ASTM D 968, Method A.

I. Mildew Resistance of Finish Coat: Sample applied to 2-by-2-inch (50.8-by-50.8-mm) clean glass substrate; cured for 28 days and shows no growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274.

1.7 UNIT PRICES

A. The preparation, repairs, and replacement of the existing EIFS shall be as described in Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS.

B. Qualification Data.

C. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by EIFS manufacturer certifying the following:

1. EIFS complies with requirements. 2. Substrates to which EIFS is indicated to be attached are acceptable to

EIFS manufacturer. 3. Accessory products installed with EIFS, including joint sealants, flashings,

water-resistive coatings, trims, whether or not furnished by EIFS manufacturer and whether or not specified in this Section, are acceptable to EIFS manufacturer.

D. Product Certificates: For cementitious materials and aggregates and for insulation and joint sealant, from manufacturer.

E. Product Test Reports: For each EIFS assembly and component, and for water-resistive coatings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

F. Field quality-control reports one (1) per week from the manufacturer.

G. Evaluation Reports: For EIFS, including insulation, fasteners, water-resistive coatings, flexible membrane flashing, from ICC-ES.

H. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty.




I. Site Specific Safety Plan.


A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who is certified in writing by EIFS manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's system using trained workers.

B. Company specializing in work described in this specification section with minimum 5-years documented experience.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain components for EIFS system from an approved EIFS system manufacturer.

D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements in Division 01. Review methods and procedures related to EIFS system including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Meet with the Owner, Engineer, Owner’s insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, and EIFS system manufacturer's representative.

2. Review methods and procedures related to EIFS installation, including manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Review base flashings, window flashings, special EIFS details, and condition of other construction that will affect the EIFS system.

5. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.

6. Review temporary protection requirements for EIFS system during and after installation.

7. Review EIFS observation and repair procedures after EIFS installation.

E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, to set quality standards for materials and execution, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation.

1. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.


A. Deliver materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with the manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location, and within the temperature range required by the system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight.




C. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

D. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, ignition, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of EIFS-clad drainage-wall assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

B. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Bond integrity and weathertightness. 2. Deterioration of EIFS finishes and other EIFS materials beyond normal

weathering.

C. Warranty coverage includes the following components of EIFS-clad drainage-wall assemblies:

1. EIFS finish, including base coats, finish coats, and reinforcing mesh. 2. Insulation installed as part of EIFS including foam build-outs. 3. Insulation adhesive. 4. EIFS accessories, including trim components and flashing. 5. Water-resistive coatings. 6. EIFS drainage components.

D. Warranty Period: 5-years from date of Substantial Completion.

E. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of their work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm and sealed if a corporation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. EIFS assembly materials for installation shall be manufactured for systems such as the Dryvit® Outsulation Plus MD System, StoTherm® ci by Sto Corporation, or approved equal.




2.2 EIFS MATERIALS

A. Primer/Sealer: EIFS manufacturer's standard substrate conditioner designed to protect substrates from moisture penetration and to improve the bond between substrate and insulation adhesive.

B. Water-Resistive Air Barrier Coatings: EIFS manufacturer's standard formulation and accessories for use as water-resistive barriers; compatible with substrate and complying with physical and performance criteria of ASTM E 2570.

C. Flexible-Membrane Flashing: Cold-applied, self-adhering, self-healing, rubberized-asphalt and polyethylene-film composite sheet or tape and primer; EIFS manufacturer's standard or product recommended in writing by EIFS manufacturer.

D. Insulation Adhesive: EIFS manufacturer's standard formulation designed for indicated use and complying with the following:

1. Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I, and polymer-based adhesive specified for base coat.

2. Factory-blended dry formulation of portland cement, dry polymer admixture, and fillers specified for base coat.

3. Factory-mixed non-cementitious formulation designed for adhesive attachment of insulation to substrates of type indicated, as recommended by EIFS manufacturer.

E. Molded Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Board Insulation: Comply with EIFS manufacturer's requirements for most stringent requirements for material performance and qualities of insulation, including dimensions and permissible variations, and the following:

1. Aging: Before cutting and shipping, age insulation in block form by air drying for not less than six weeks.

2. Flame-Spread and Smoke-Developed Indexes: 25 and 450 or less, respectively, according to ASTM E 84.

3. Dimensions: Provide insulation boards of not more than 24 by 48-inches thick or in other thickness indicated, but not more than 2-inches thick or less than the thickness allowed by ASTM C 1397.

4. Channeled Board Insulation: EIFS manufacturer's standard factory-fabricated profile with linear, vertical-drainage channels, slots, or waves on the back side of board.

F. Foam Build-Outs: Provide with profiles and dimensions indicated on Drawings.

G. Drainage Strip: A corrugated plastic sheet material, which provides drainage.

H. Reinforcing Mesh: Balanced, alkali-resistant, open-weave, glass-fiber mesh treated for compatibility with other EIFS materials, made from continuous multi-end strands with retained mesh tensile strength of not less than 120 lbf/in according to ASTM E 2098 and the following:




1. Reinforcing Mesh for EIFS, General: Not less than weight required to meet impact-performance level specified in "Performance Requirements" Article, as required by EIFS manufacturer. a. Strip Reinforcing Mesh: As required by EIFS manufacturer b. Detail Reinforcing Mesh: As required by EIFS manufacturer c. Corner Reinforcing Mesh: As required by EIFS manufacturer

I. Base-Coat Materials: EIFS manufacturer's standard mixture complying with one of the following, as required by the EIFS manufacturer:

1. Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150/ C 150M, Type I, white or natural color; and manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive designed for use with portland cement.

2. Job-combined formulation of manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive and manufacturer's standard dry mix containing portland cement.

3. Factory-blended dry formulation of portland cement, dry polymer admixture, and inert fillers to which only water is added at Project site.

4. Factory-mixed non-cementitious formulation of polymer-emulsion adhesive and inert fillers that is ready to use without adding other materials.

J. Waterproof Adhesive/Base-Coat Materials: EIFS manufacturer's standard waterproof formulation and complying with the following:

1. Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I, white or natural color; and manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive designed for use with portland cement.

2. Job-combined formulation of manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive and manufacturer's standard dry mix containing portland cement.

K. Primer: EIFS manufacturer's standard factory-mixed, elastomeric-polymer primer for preparing base-coat surface for application of finish coat.

L. Finish-Coat Materials: EIFS manufacturer's standard acrylic-based coating complying with the following:

1. Factory-mixed formulation of polymer-emulsion binder, colorfast mineral pigments, sound stone particles, and fillers.

2. Factory-mixed formulation of polymer-emulsion binder, colorfast mineral pigments, and fillers used with stone particles for embedding in finish coat to produce an applied-aggregate finish.

3. Colors: To be approved by owner.

4. Textures: To be approved by owner.

5. Sealer: Manufacturer's waterproof, clear acrylic-based sealer for protecting finish coat.

M. Water: Potable.

N. Expansion Joint: Prefabricated, one-piece V profile; designed to relieve stress of movement, as required by the EIFS manufacturer.




2.3 MIXING

A. Comply with EIFS manufacturer's requirements for combining and mixing materials. Do not introduce admixtures, water, or other materials except as recommended by EIFS manufacturer. Mix materials in clean containers. Use materials within time period specified by EIFS manufacturer or discard.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine roof edges, wall framing, flashings, openings, substrates, and junctures at other construction for suitable conditions where EIFS will be installed.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

D. Begin coating application only after surfaces are dry.

E. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling caused by application of EIFS. Provide temporary covering and other protection needed to prevent spattering of exterior finish coats on other work.

B. Protect EIFS, substrates, and wall construction behind them from inclement weather during installation. Prevent penetration of moisture behind drainage plane of EIFS and deterioration of substrates.

C. Prepare and clean substrates to comply with EIFS manufacturer's written instructions to obtain optimum bond between substrate and adhesive for insulation.

3.3 EIFS INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with ASTM C 1397, ASTM E 2511, and EIFS manufacturer's written instructions for installation of EIFS as applicable to each type of substrate indicated.

3.4 SUBSTRATE PROTECTION APPLICATION

A. Review existing exterior substrate and notify engineer where found to be deteriorated.




B. Primer/Sealer: Apply to existing exterior substrates and where required by EIFS manufacturer for improving adhesion of insulation to substrate.

C. Water-Resistive Air Barrier Coating: Apply over existing exterior gypsum sheathing to provide a water-resistive barrier.

1. EIFS manufacturer to provide approval on substrate prior to the application of the air barrier coating.

D. Tape and seal joints, exposed edges, terminations, and inside and outside corners of sheathing unless otherwise indicated by EIFS manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Flexible-Membrane Flashing: Install over weather-resistive barrier, applied and lapped to shed water; seal at openings, penetrations, terminations, and where required by EIFS manufacturer. Prime substrates if required and install flashing to comply with EIFS manufacturer's written instructions and details.

3.5 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate with Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM for the installation of sheet metal flashings secured to the exterior gypsum sheathing and secured behind the EIFS insulation.

B. Trim: Apply trim accessories at perimeter of EIFS, at expansion joints, and elsewhere as indicated on the Contract Documents. Coordinate with installation of insulation.

C. Back wrap system and treat edges with base coat as required by manufacturer.

3.6 INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Board Insulation: Adhesively attach insulation to substrate in compliance with ASTM C 1397 and the following:

1. Apply adhesive to insulation by notched-trowel method, with notches oriented vertically to produce drainage channels that remain functional after the insulation is adhered to substrate.

B. Press and slide insulation into place. Apply pressure over the entire surface of insulation to accomplish uniform contact, high initial grab, and overall level surface.

C. Allow adhered insulation to remain undisturbed for not less than 24 hours, before beginning rasping and sanding insulation or applying base coat and reinforcing mesh.

D. Apply insulation over substrates in courses with long edges of boards oriented horizontally.

E. Begin first course of insulation from a level base line and work upward.




F. Stagger vertical joints of insulation boards in successive courses to produce running bond pattern. Locate joints so no piece of insulation is less than 12-inches wide or 6-inches high. Offset joints not less than 6 inches from corners of window openings and not less than 4 inches from aesthetic reveals.

G. Adhesive Attachment: Offset joints of insulation not less than 6-inches from horizontal and 4-inches from vertical joints in sheathing.

H. Apply channeled insulation with drainage channels aligned vertically.

I. Interlock ends at internal and external corners.

J. Abut insulation tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush, continuously even surfaces without gaps or raised edges between boards. If gaps greater than 1/16-inch occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert insulation without using adhesive or other material.

K. Cut insulation to fit openings, corners, and projections precisely and to produce edges and shapes complying with details indicated.

L. Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more than 1/16 inch from surface of insulation and to remove yellowed areas due to sun exposure; do not create depressions deeper than 1/16-inch. Prevent airborne dispersal and immediately collect insulation raspings or sandings.

M. Cut aesthetic reveals in outside face of insulation with high-speed router and bit configured to produce grooves, rabbets, and other features that comply with profiles and locations indicated. Do not reduce insulation thickness at aesthetic reveals to less than ¾-inch.

N. Install foam build-outs and attach to existing exterior gypsum sheathing.

O. Interrupt insulation for expansion joints where indicated.

P. Form joints for sealant application by leaving gaps between adjoining insulation edges and between insulation edges and dissimilar adjoining surfaces. Make gaps wide enough to produce joint widths indicated after encapsulating joint substrates with base coat and reinforcing mesh.

Q. Form joints for sealant application with back-to-back casing beads for joints within EIFS and with perimeter casing beads at dissimilar adjoining surfaces. Make gaps between casing beads and between perimeter casing beads and adjoining surfaces of width indicated.

R. After installing insulation and before applying field-applied reinforcing mesh, fully wrap board edges. Cover edges of board and extend encapsulating mesh not less than 2-1/2-inches over front and back face unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.




S. Treat exposed edges of insulation as follows:

1. Except for edges forming substrates of sealant joints, encapsulate with base coat, reinforcing mesh, and finish coat.

2. Encapsulate edges forming substrates of sealant joints within EIFS or between EIFS and other work with base coat and reinforcing mesh.

3. At edges trimmed by accessories, extend base coat, reinforcing mesh, and finish coat over face leg of accessories.

T. Coordinate installation of flashing and insulation to produce wall assembly that does not allow water to penetrate behind flashing and water-resistive barrier.

3.7 BASE-COAT INSTALLATION

A. Waterproof Adhesive/Base Coat: To exposed surfaces of insulation, apply in minimum thickness recommended in writing by EIFS manufacturer over wall substrate.

B. Base Coat: Apply to exposed surfaces of insulation and foam build-outs in minimum thickness recommended in writing by EIFS manufacturer, but not less than 1/16-inch dry-coat thickness.

C. Reinforcing Mesh: Embed reinforcing mesh in wet base coat to produce wrinkle-free installation with mesh continuous at corners, overlapped not less than 2-1/2 inches or otherwise treated at joints to comply with ASTM C 1397 and EIFS manufacturer's written instructions. Do not lap reinforcing mesh within 8 inches of corners. Completely embed mesh, applying additional base-coat material if necessary, so reinforcing-mesh color and pattern are invisible.

D. Double-Layer Reinforcing-Mesh Application: Where indicated or required, apply second base coat and second layer of reinforcing mesh, overlapped not less than 2-1/2-inches or otherwise treated at joints to comply with ASTM C 1397 and EIFS manufacturer's written instructions in same manner as first application. Do not apply until first base coat has cured.

E. Additional Reinforcing Mesh: Apply strip reinforcing mesh around openings, extending 4-inches beyond perimeter. Apply additional 9-by-12-inch strip reinforcing mesh diagonally at corners of openings (re-entrant corners). Apply 8-inch- wide, strip reinforcing mesh at both inside and outside corners unless base layer of mesh is lapped not less than 4-inches on each side of corners.

F. At aesthetic reveals, apply strip reinforcing mesh not less than 8 inches wide.

G. Embed strip reinforcing mesh in base coat before applying first layer of reinforcing mesh.

H. Double Base-Coat Application: Where required by the manufacturer.




3.8 FINISH-COAT INSTALLATION

A. Prior to applying the finish-coat, the base-coat shall have cured a minimum of 24-hours and shall be dry and hard. Inspect the base-coat for irregularities. Correct all irregularities prior to applying finish-coat.

B. Primer: Apply over dry base coat according to EIFS manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Finish Coat: Apply over dry primed base coat, maintaining a wet edge at all times for uniform appearance, in thickness required by EIFS manufacturer to produce a uniform finish of color and texture matching approved sample and free of cold joints, shadow lines, and texture variations.

D. Embed aggregate in finish coat according to EIFS manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform applied-aggregate finish of color and texture matching approved sample.

E. Sealer Coat: Apply over dry finish coat, in number of coats and thickness required by EIFS manufacturer.

3.9 EIFS REPAIRS

A. Square off and cut out damaged locations of the existing EIFS where indicated on the Contract Drawings. Minimum patches shall be 12-inches in either direction.

B. Back wrap insulation infill piece prior to setting insulation into adhesive applied to the wall.

C. Apply reinforcing mesh around perimeter of infill providing enough overlap onto the existing EIFS and infill piece per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. Apply base coat and top coat to the repair area, prior to coating the entire wall area.

3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Remove temporary covering and protection of other work. Promptly remove coating materials from window and door frames and other surfaces outside areas indicated to receive EIFS coatings.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 072400 - EIFS.docx



ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 073100 - 1 of 12

SECTION 073100

ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING

(ALTENRATE WORK ONLY)

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 012200 – Alternates B. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition C. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry D. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects


A. If selected by the Owner, perform the alternate work referenced in this section. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications and in accordance with good construction practice. The work under this Section shall be as described under Alternates and generally includes the following:

1. Supply all shoring and protection necessary to protect the building areas, building systems and landscape areas.


3. Remove and dispose of existing designated asphalt shingle roof systems and underlayment, down to the existing composite nail board where indicated on

4. Provide and maintain temporary protection of all roof systems to remain or newly installed roof systems throughout the duration of the project.





1.4 ALTERNATES

A. Alternate Number One (1) shall include all labor, equipment, materials, overhead,

profit, and accessories related to perform isolated steep sloped asphalt shingle repairs at the Upton Fire Station as indicated on the contract drawings. Refer to Section 073100, Shingle Roof Repairs and the Contract Drawings for additional information.

1. Re-secure existing asphalt shingle tile where indicated. Install roof mastic at fastener location.

2. Remove and replace damaged asphalt shingle.

3. Install ridge/hip cap shingles where indicated on the contract drawings.

4. Clean all debris from all gutters.

5. Clear roof surfaces of debris as required.

B. Alternate Number Two (2) shall include all labor, equipment, materials, overhead, profit, and accessories related to removing the existing asphalt shingles down to the wood nail base where indicated on the Contract Drawings and installing new asphalt shingles on the North roof eave (to a point 12’ above the eave) including over the dormer at the Upton Fire Station.

1. Installation shall include 12’ (full height of roof replacement area) of Modified Bitumen Membrane (ice and water shield) and underlayment’s.

2. Install self-adhered modified bitumen membrane flashings at eave edges, ridges, valleys, gable ends, penetrations, etc. as indicated in the Contract Drawings.

3. Install the specified underlayment system, lapped 50%

4. Remove and reinstall existing snow melt system to accommodate scope of work.

5. Install new zinc-coated copper flashings, edge metal and dormer valley flashings to match existing.

6. Provide credit for repair work noted within the replacement roof area under ALTERNATE #1.

C. Alternate Number Three (3) shall include all labor, equipment, materials, overhead,

profit, and accessories related to removal and replacement of the existing snow melt cable at the Upton Fire Station. 1. Install new snow melt system along entire length of the north eave, dormer,

and dormer valleys as shown on the Contract Drawings.

2. Install new circuit and main lead to new junction box mounted on dormer to accommodate new snow melt length.




3. Provide credit for the reinstallation of the snow melt system under alternate #2.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Carefully coordinate the work in this section with the work in other sections to be sure the Contract Areas are in weather tight condition at the end of each day's work. This includes flashing work.

B. All surfaces to receive underlayment, shingle roofing or flashings shall be thoroughly dry. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surface prior to application of roofing materials. No open flames will be allowed.

C. Completed roof areas shall be trafficked as little as practical. Work shall be coordinated to prevent this situation by working toward the roof edges and access ways. The Contractor shall provide protection for existing roof areas trafficked during construction.

D. Coordinate the use of padded access ladders when performing above roof line activities.

E. Prior to, and during, asphalt shingle installation, all dirt and debris shall be removed from surfaces by sweeping and/or by similar methods.

F. The Contractor shall take all precautions to properly install the specified materials at cold temperatures. Consult with and follow all manufacturer requirements. Materials which have a temperature other than the recommended application temperature of the manufacturer shall not be installed.

G. The Contractor shall provide and equip as much labor force as is necessary to complete the project within the Contract period and in accordance with the Contract Documents without sacrificing workmanship quality.

H. Materials, equipment, and demolition debris shall not be stored on roof decks in such a manner as to overstress and/or damage the existing metal deck and supporting structure. Placing of loads at midspans of framing shall be avoided. Superimposed loads shall be well distributed and shall not exceed 20 psf at any given point of the roof at any time during the construction. Equipment, apparatus, construction materials, and demolition debris shall not, in any case, be allowed to load the roof structures in combination with any standing snow or ice upon the roofs.

I. The Contractor will be responsible for providing the staging/scaffolding required to access the roof area to perform the work.




J. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all shoring, supports, barriers, protection, warning lines, lighting and personnel required to support the structure, fixtures and facilities affected by his work and segregate the work area(s) from pedestrian or vehicular traffic, as well as to prevent damage to the building, occupants and the surrounding landscaped and paved areas.

K. The Contractor, their workmen, all their suppliers and agents shall make every effort to work in harmony with the building occupants.

L. All new and temporary construction, including equipment and accessories, shall be secured from vandalism or abuse.

M. Stored shingle bundles are not to be stacked more than six-feet high. Rolled underlayments shall be stored on ends, not laid flat.

N. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary protection and barriers to segregate the work area and to prevent damage to adjacent areas.

O. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor remove existing materials and systems to the ground in an uncontrolled manner. Adjacent building and property areas shall be protected from airborne debris.

1.6 SUBMITTALS


B. The Contractor shall submit the following procedural items with their submittal package: 1. Methods of removal of materials 2. Temporary protection procedures 3. Fire watch procedures (if needed) 4. List of local emergency numbers 5. Staging/set-up procedures

C. The Contractor shall submit the following samples with their submittal package: 1. Color samples of asphalt shingles 2. Manufacturer’s literature 3. Shingle manufacturer’s installation instructions

D. Provide the manufacturer’s product and installation literature for each item listed in Part 2 and other material anticipated for use on the project, for approval. Shop drawings are required indicating any anticipated changes.

E. Provide site-specific safety plan to the Owner prior to mobilization.




1.7 WARRANTY

A. Contractor Guarantee: 1. Contractor’s Warranty: Upon completion of the work, and prior to final

payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of his work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm and sealed if a corporation. In the event any work related to the roofing, flashing, or metal work is found to be defective within two years of substantial completion, the Contractor shall remove and replace such at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor’s warranty obligation shall run directly to the building Owner, and a copy of the signed warranty shall be sent to the roofing system’s manufacturer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ASPHALT SHINGLES

A. Asphalt shingles shall be three tab type asphalt-impregnated fiberglass type with a mineral surface.

B. Wind Speed Rating shall be 110 miles per hour or greater.

C. UL Rating of Class B.

D. Color shall be selected by the Owner from the manufacturer’s standard color chart.

E. ASTM D 3161 Class F – 110 MPH wind rating.

F. ASTM D 3018 Type 1 – Self-sealing.

G. ASTM D 3462 – Glass Felt with Mineral Surfacing

H. Asphalt Shingles shall match existing: 1. Slateline by GAF 2. Or Approved Equal

I. Starter shingles and ridge caps shall be supplied by the shingle manufacturer.

2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MEMBRANES

A. The primary underlayment system shall consist of one ply of one of the following materials: 1. High-performance synthetic roofing polymer-based scrim-reinforced water-

resistant underlayment such as the DiamondDeck as manufactured by CertainTeed, Deck-Armor by GAF, or approved equal to meet the manufacturer’s installation warranty requirements.

2. Provide underlayment manufacturer’s recommended seam tape and other accessories.




3. Underlayment specifically required to achieve the shingle manufacturer’s warranty.

B. Modified bitumen underlayment and flashing shall be a butyl rubber based, self-adhering underlayment such as Grace Ultra by W.R. Grace Construction Products, WinterGuard HT by CertainTeed, MetalMate, or approved equal as required to meet the manufacturer’s warranty requirements. Modified bitumen shall be high temperature products for use under sheet metal. Mastic and primer shall be as approved by the membrane manufacturer. Temporary UV protection and corner fillets shall be as recommended by the membrane manufacturer.

C. Plastic roof cement shall be asphalt based conforming to ASTM D4856, Type II. Plastic roof cement shall be provided in caulking gun tube containers where required for spot applications. Roof cement shall be asbestos free.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. In general, fasteners, straps and other hardware shall be stainless steel or hot dip galvanized. Galvanizing shall be per ASTM A153. Electrogalvanized items shall not be used.

B. Nails for shingles shall be minimum 12-gauge ring shank with 3/8-inch diameter head and a length to penetrate through the roofing materials and a minimum of ¾-inch into the roof deck. Where the roof sheathing is less than ¾-inch thick, the nails shall penetrate through the sheathing. Fasteners shall comply with ASTM F 1667.

C. Fasteners for securing underlayment shall be plastic capped galvanized nails, or as required by the manufacturer.

D. Exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel and installed through stainless steel-capped EPDM washers.

2.4 ROOF AND GUTTER SNOW MELT SYSTEM

A. Design, furnish and install a complete system of heaters and components specifically for roof and gutter snow and ice melting heat tracing applications. The heat tracing system shall conform to the latest edition of the applicable requirements of the state building code and electrical code.

B. Base of design shall be Self-Regulating Heating Cable type TTS 8-1 as manufactured by 3M, or self-Regulating Roof and Gutter De-Icing Cables as manufactured by Delta-Therm or approved equal.

C. The selection of the cable shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s Design Guide for Roof and Gutter Snow and Ice Melting.




D. The Heating cables shall be:

1. Self-Regulating in nature and vary their output in response to temperature variations. Self-regulating heating cable design shall be capable of producing 20 W/m (6 W/ft) in dry air, 39 W/m (12 W/ft) under snow and ice conditions, and withstand a maximum continuous exposure temperature of 85 ºC (185 ºF). Available watt densities shall be 26 W/m @ 10 ºC (8 W/ft @ 50 ºF). Available supply voltages shall be 120Vac, 208Vac and 240Vac.

2. The Self-Regulating Heating Cable will have a minimum installation temperature of -51 ºC (-60 ºF) and a minimum bend radius of 32 mm (1.25”).

3. Cable must be capable of being cut to a desired length to accommodate the installation conditions and must form a continuous heating circuit.

4. The cable construction shall consist of two parallel nickel plated copper bus wires (16 AWG), a radiation cross-linked semi-conductive heating matrix, a radiation cross-linked dielectric insulation, a tinned copper braid and a polyolefin over jacket.

E. Heating cable circuit shall be protected by a ground fault device for equipment protection

F. Provide power connection kit and end termination for each cable run.

G. System Control:

1. The system shall be controlled by a switch located in the electrical room.

2. The unit must accommodate 120Vac supply voltage

3. The unit must be able to control heater to maintain temperature above freezing point.

4. Either sensor/controller can control a heat tracing cable or a number of circuits directly or through an appropriate contactor.

2.5 SHEET METAL FLASHINGS

A. Sheet metal flashings for the steep sloped shingle roof shall be Tin-Zinc coated copper.

B. Zinc Coated Copper (ZCC) shall conform to ASTM B370. C. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clip strips shall be zinc

coated copper, brass, or stainless steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction.

D. Exposed fasteners shall be installed through metal capped EPDM washers.




E. Nails for flashing securement at wood substrates shall be No. 12 Stubbs gauge, large

head, annular ring, copper nails of sufficient depth to penetrate substrate minimum ¾”.

F. Solder for ZCC shall be 50% block tin and 50% pig lead conforming to ASTM B32.

G. Flux shall conform to ASTM Specification B32 Type IS.

H. Rivets: 1/8 to 3/16-inch diameter, with solid copper mandrels and washers.

I. Sheet metal flashings shall be shop fabricated. All breaks, bends and hems shall be

uniform, clean, straight lines.

1. Flanges shall be 4" wide minimum. 2. Drip edges shall be hemmed 3/4" wide and break at a 30o angle. 3. Clips shall be 2" wide. 4. Cleats shall be minimum 2” wide. 5. Where cleats and clips are fastened to substrate, edge of metal shall be

folded back over the fastener head. 6. All flanges to be covered with roofing or flashing membranes shall have a 1/4"

minimum hem on the edge. 7. All ZCC joints shall be soldered.

J. Fabrication Schedule:

1. Zinc Coated Copper (20 oz.)

a. Shingle Step Flashing b. Valleys c. Eaves d. Fascia

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP

A. Refer to the Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual and all recommendations of the Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association for the installation of roofing and flashing at this project.

B. The prepared existing roof surface must be dry, clean and smooth with no obtrusions or irregularities.

C. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions and these Specifications for all renovations and associated work.

D. Handle materials to prevent damage to building components and project site areas.




E. Flashings shall be installed along with roof systems to assure weathertight termination.

F. Do not cut any material with a solvent or dilutant unless specifically instructed by the manufacturer in writing.

3.2 PROTECTION OF ROOF SURFACES

A. Equipment (i.e. staging) and techniques shall be used which prevent damage to the roof as a result of foot or material traffic. The progression of work shall be laid out and presented to the Owner and Engineer to prevent other trades from working on or above completed roofing as much as practical. Personnel who are working on the roof shall have proper shoes which will not damage the asphalt shingles, and shoe soles shall be made of a material which will aid in preventing falls.

3.3 REMOVAL OF EXISTING SHINGLES

A. All existing asphalt shingles and underlayments included in this Contract shall be removed down to the existing nailboard plywood substrate. The Contractor shall follow the recommendations published in the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual Volume 2 - Steep Roofing Manual.

B. Remove only as many shingles and flashings that can be made weather tight the same day. The entire existing asphalt shingle roof system shall be removed, and the underlayments installed, prior to the installation of the new shingle system.

C. Should damaged new shingles be encountered as a result of trafficking the roof system and where work involves partial replacement or repair of the roof, the Contractor shall remove and replace the damaged units at no additional cost to the owner.

3.4 UNDERLAYMENT

A. Dust, dirt, loose nails or other protrusions shall be removed. Priming is not required for wood or metal surfaces unless recommended by the manufacturer. Should it be required, primer shall be applied by spray or paint roller at a coverage rate as recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Install modified bitumen underlayments atop roof decks as described in these specifications, as shown on the Contract Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. Modified bitumen underlayment sheets shall have 6-inches minimum horizontal laps and 6-inch end laps unless otherwise specified so as not to buck water. Modified bitumen sheets shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions, and shall be sealed without wrinkles. Roll in all underlayment with rollers to assure 100% adhesion. In general, modified bitumen underlayment shall be installed as follows: 1. At all eave locations modified bitumen sheets shall extend on to the existing

nailboard 12-foot minimum.




2. At all rake edge locations, modified bitumen sheets shall extend onto the existing nailboard 18-inch minimum.

3. At all ridges, minimum 18-inches on both sides of ridge. 4. At all roof penetrations, modified bitumen sheets shall extend 18-inches

minimum onto the existing nailboard above and on all sides of the penetration. 5. At all roof to rising wall locations, provide modified bitumen that extends

18-inches minimum onto the existing nailboard and 8-inches minimum up onto the rising wall.

6. Modified bitumen underlayment shall not be left permanently exposed to sunlight. Membrane shall be covered with exposed roofing materials as soon as possible. Membrane damaged due to exposure to sunlight shall be patched prior to the application of final roof covering.

7. Membrane shall be applied only in fair weather when air and surface temperatures are above 40 degrees F.

C. Weather resistive underlayments shall be installed in a one-ply application across the roof slope lapped 50% to shed water. Underlayments shall be side lapped 4-inches minimum and shall have 6-inches minimum end laps. Torn or otherwise damaged underlayments shall be replaced. Underlayments shall be secured with nails through tin disks as required to prevent wind damage and traffic damage during the roof renovations. All damaged sections shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Provide and install red rosin slip sheets at all locations where sheet metal flashings will rest over modified bitumen underlayments, or as required for separation between dissimilar metals.

3.5 ASPHALT SHINGLE INSTALLATION

A. Install shingles in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, these Specifications, and as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Remove manufacturer’s cellophane protection strip from bottom surface of shingles to expose wind tab sealants.

B. Apply a starter course of shingles with the 5-inches exposure surface cut off. Install bottom edge of starter course overhanging the sheet metal counterflashing 4-inches. Nail all shingles to deck at top of tabs and 1-inch in from each side along a line 1-1/2-inch above the lower edge install two (2) nails in center (6 nails per shingle). Install asphalt roofing cement at each shingle as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

C. Beginning at the starter course, install asphalt shingles. Apply subsequent courses of shingles allowing a 5-inch or to match existing weather exposure of the course below. Stagger butt joints 6-inches minimum between courses.




D. Unless required otherwise by the manufacturer, remove 6-inches from the end of the first shingle in the second course to be installed. Remove 12-inches from the end of the first shingle in the third course, 18-inches from the end of the first shingle in the fourth course and so on. The first shingle in the seventh course will be a full shingle. Do not “rack” shingles by installing them with the end joints aligned over alternate courses.

E. Nail all shingles at third points and 1-inch in from each end along a line 5/8-inch above the 5-inches exposure. Install two (2) nails at center point for a total of 6 nails per shingle. Nails shall be below the line of wind seal adhesive. Trim to extend beyond the rake edge by ¼-inch and as required to neatly extend existing rake lines.

F. Each course of shingles shall be installed neat and straight with no visible variation between adjoining shingles or cut-out lines. Utilize chalk lines, tape measures.

G. Partial shingles may be used only along roof to wall or edge locations, as required to stagger butt joints and shingle cutouts or as required to properly tie-into adjacent shingle roofing to remain.

3.6 ASPHALT SHINGLE REPAIR

A. Carefully resecure projecting nail head. Install new nail adjacent to projecting nail. Nails shall be below the line of wind seal adhesive.

B. Apply bead of roof mastic at all rescured nail locations.

3.7 SNOW MELT INSTALLATION

A. System (including heat trace cable and accessories) must be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations and installation instructions.

B. Heating cable shall be tested with a 2500Vdc megohmeter between the heating cable bus wires and the metallic braid, before installation, after installation and completion of all accessory kits (in-line splices, T-splices etc.), prior to connecting to power.

C. The minimum acceptable level for the megger readings is 20 megohms, regardless of the circuit length. Test results must be recorded and submitted to the construction manager.

D. Coordinate on-site manufacturer technical assistance at installation.

3.8 SHEET METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Sheet metal flashing shall be replaced in areas of shingle replacement as noted in Alternate #2.




B. Sheet metal flashings shall match the profile of the existing flashings and properly tie into the adjacent flashings, flashings shall be single lapped to shed water.

C. Refer to Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - 3.2 Installation, General for additional information.

3.9 CLEAN-UP

A. All floor and adjacent areas, both interior and exterior, damaged or stained by the installation of the roofing work shall be repaired and cleaned of all dust, debris and any other materials to the Owner’s satisfaction.

B. The Contractor shall not demobilize the site until the completed work is toured by the Owner and Engineer. Any unsatisfactory items observed will be reported in “punch-list” form. These items shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor prior to demobilization from the job site. Final payment will not be made until all punch list items are complete and guarantees have been received.

C. All scaffolding, barriers, temporary facilities and the like shall be removed upon completion of the work. Areas damaged as a result of the Contractors equipment shall be restored to their original condition, all to the satisfaction of the Owner.

D. Refer to the Close-Out Procedures described in Division One for additional information.


i:\834820\02 design\specs\834820 upton police station - 073100 - asphalt shingle roofing.docx



THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 075400 - 1 of 26

SECTION 075400

THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 072400 – Exterior Insulation And Finish System (EIFS) D. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim E. Section 077100 – Roof Specialties F. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects G. Section 264100 – Lightning Protection


A. In general, the Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:


2. Remove the existing single ply thermoplastic membrane roofing, insulation, membrane flashings, vapor retarder, sheet metal flashings, and deteriorated wood blocking down to the existing roof deck substrates.

3. Remove all existing metal and other existing flashings at roof perimeters, vent pipes, unit curbs, etc. as required to properly complete the work.

4. Remove, protect, and/or store all equipment and assemblies to be reinstalled.

5. Install new wood blocking at all roof penetrations and roof perimeters, as required to provide minimum 8-inch flashing heights and to properly terminate the new roofing and flashing systems. Coordinate work with 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY.




6. Install new thermoplastic roof membrane, coverboard, insulation system, vapor retarder, baseboard, and associated components. Coordinate with Section 024100 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM, and Section 072400 – EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) and sequence work such that the existing above roofline EIFS restoration is performed prior to installation of the new roof system.

7. Install tapered insulation crickets between roof drains, at large roof curbs, and at mechanical units to shed water toward the drainage system.

8. Remove and replace existing roof hatch. Coordinate with Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY.

9. Install roof expansion joints as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

10. Replace existing throughwall scupper at Roof Area D where indicated on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate with Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM.

11. Install new throughwall scupper at Roof Area B and C where indicated on the Contract Drawings. Core through existing parapet wall. Coordinate with Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM.

12. Provide membrane manufacturer’s walkways pads under portable guard rail bases, at roof top mechanical equipment units, and at locations noted within the specification. Provide additional walkway pads where indicated by the Owner.

13. Install portable ballasted guard rails at areas of potential fall hazard, where roof top mechanical equipment or walking surfaces are located within 15-feet of the roof edge or fall hazard.

14. Coordinate the installation of prefabricated roof edge metal flashings with Section 077100 – ROOF SPECIALTIES

15. Coordinate the installation of thermoplastic and sheet metal flashings with Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM.

16. Coordinate the installation of the roof drain components with Section 223000 – PLUMBING.

17. Disconnect/reconnect existing mechanical and electrical equipment as required to provide 8-inch minimum flashing height. Coordinate with Section 261000 – TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS.

18. Coordinate the removal, storage, and reinstallation of the existing lightning protection system. Replace designated equipment and refer to Section 264100 – LIGHTNING PROTECTION for additional information.

19. Provide pourable sealer boxes where indicated on the Contract Drawings.





1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section.


A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

B. It is the intent of these specifications that the roof system is to be installed in compliance with Factory Mutual FM 1-60 uplift rating. Specific manufacturer’s requirements to be followed.

C. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work by other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work.

D. All surfaces to receive new vapor retarder, baseboard, insulation, membrane or flashings shall be thoroughly dry. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surface prior to application. No open flames shall be permitted on the roof at any time.

E. Equipment required to hoist materials to the roof and to remove debris from the roof shall be supplied, maintained, and operated by the Contractor.

F. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations inside or outside of the buildings.

G. The Contractor shall remove only as much roofing, flashing and associated components, and other exterior waterproofing components as can be completely replaced in a given day’s work, including all flashings and associated components as required to maintain the roof in a watertight, secure condition throughout the duration of the project.

H. Materials which have a temperature other than the application temperatures of the manufacturer shall not be applied.

I. During removal operations, the Contractor is responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and run-off resulting from the work. The Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent surfaces, site fixtures or personal property. Specific attention is drawn to the use of chemicals and cleaners.

J. Cover sidewall areas with canvas tarps where existing roof system is discarded into refuse containers via trash chutes. Plastic or "poly" tarps shall not be used. Do not cover or block air intake or discharge louvers.




K. The Contractor shall provide protection of entrance ways, sitework, plantings, landscaping, building surfaces and similar items to protect from damage. Items damaged as a result of the work in this section shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.

L. The Contractor is cautioned that oil and penta based materials and preservatives are not compatible with thermoplastic membranes.


A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure.

B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Roofing System Design: Roofing system shall be designed to withstand Code required loads and wind speeds.

C. Flashings: Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials that comply with requirements and recommendations in FMG 1-49 Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings; FMG 1-29 Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components; NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fourth Edition) for Construction Details and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for Construction Details, as applicable.

D. Energy Performance: Provide roofing system with Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) not less than 78 when calculated according to ASTM E 1980 based on testing identical products by a qualified testing agency.

1.7 SUBMITTALS


B. Prior to the review of any roofing submittals, the Contractor must provide the following information on the proposed roof manufacturer’s company letter head and signed by a principal of the company: 1. Provide a listing of at least ten (10) projects which are greater than 10,000

square feet and have been in services for at least seven (7) years in either the states of Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Maine, Vermont, Connecticut, or Rhode Island. The listing shall include the following: • Project Name • Project Location (City and State) • Project Contact Name • Project Contact Name’s Phone Number • Project Designer




• Project Roof Installer • Project Area (in square feet) • Project Materials used (roofing ply types and application manor) • Project Warranty Duration • Year of installation (if less than seven (7) years, will be excluded from the

project consideration)

C. A sample roofing system warrantee and letter of confirmation from the roof membrane manufacturer stating that the Contract Documents have been reviewed and that there are no exceptions to the Specifications and Contract Drawings shall be submitted.

D. A letter from the roofing manufacturer that the insulation system has been approved for this project.

E. A letter from the roofing manufacturer identifying the attachment rates and adhesive rates that are required to place the approved insulation system, and multi-ply roof membrane. Specific attention related to the field, perimeters and corners shall be provided in the letter to identify the securement pattern, and distance from the roof edge to meet their specific uplift requirements.

F. A letter from the roofing manufacturer outlining how the roof inspections will be performed in accordance with the specifications. Inspector resumes will be required at the submittal phase to confirm compliance with the specifications. Refer to the warranty section of this document for additional information.

G. The Contractor shall provide adequate staging and protection of the interior building as required to perform the work. Provide submittals for site protection and staging.

H. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details in compliance with performance requirements, and attachments to other Work.

1. Base flashings, cants, and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. 4. Insulation fastening patterns.

I. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

J. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

K. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation.

L. Contractor to provide site safety plan to the Engineer and Owner prior to mobilization.





A. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from or approved by roofing system manufacturer.

B. Roofing Inspector: The Owner may engage a full-time roofing inspector during installation of the deck, insulation assembly, membrane, flashing and other appurtenances, and when a survey of the roof and roof drains is conducted. Cooperate with the Owners roofing inspector and allow unlimited access to roofing during construction.

C. Roofing Signage: At entry points to roof, provide signage-listing type of roofing system, manufacturer, date installed and holder of the warranty.

D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements in Division 01. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Meet with the Owner, Engineer, Owner’s insurer if applicable, testing and

inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment.

2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening.

5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof

penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect the roofing system.

7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.

8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation.

9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.


A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with the manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location, and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight.




1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Roofing Contractor’s Warranty: The roofing contractor shall supply the Owner with a minimum two (2) year workmanship warranty for the roof, starting at the date of Substantial Completion. In the event any work related to the roofing, flashing, or metalwork is found to be defective within two (2) years of substantial completion, the roofing contractor shall remove and replace such at no additional cost to the Owner. The roofing contractor’s warranty obligation shall run directly to the building owner, and a copy the roofing signed warranty shall be sent to the roofing system’s manufacturer.

1. The duration of the Roofing Contractor’s two (2) year warranty shall run concurrent with the roofing system’s manufacturer’s twenty (20) year warranty.

B. Roofing Systems Manufacturer’s Warranty: The roofing manufacturer shall guarantee the roof to be in a watertight condition, for a period of twenty (20) years, starting at the date of Substantial Completion. The warranty shall be a twenty (20) year, no dollar limit (NDL), non-prorated total system labor and material warranty, for wind speeds up to 75 miles per hour. Total system warranty shall include all roofing materials, related components and accessories including, but not limited to the base board, vapor retarder, insulation board, coverboard, roofing membrane, membrane flashings, fasteners, adhesives, metal roof copings, metal roof edges and termination metals and roof drain assemblies. The manufacturer shall repair defects in materials and workmanship as promptly after observation as weather and site conditions permit.

C. Roofing Systems Manufacturer’s Roof Inspections: The Owner has requested that the roofing system’s manufacturer provide a minimum of one (1) site visit per week while roofing work is ongoing, or as required to monitor the roof and flashing installations, during the construction duration to monitor the project operations, and provide comment on the activities that are taking place. The roof system’s manufacturer will be required to provide written reports for each field day noting the work conditions and acceptance of the work that was performed. This coverage shall include, but not be limited to, all material installations that will be covered under the manufacturer’s warranty requirements, including the perimeter edge metals. The inspector will be subject to approval, and may be one of the following:




1. A technical representative who is employed full time by the manufacturer 2. A Registered Roof Observer (RRO) as certified by RCI, Inc. 3. An employee under direct supervision of a Registered Roof Consultant (RRC)

as certified by RCI, Inc.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SALVAGED MATERIALS AND ITEMS

A. All building materials, equipment, and debris of whatever nature from the portions of the existing structure removed under this project and not designated to be reused or reinstalled shall become the property of the Contractor and legally disposed of off-site.

2.2 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING AND FLASHING MEMBRANES

A. Roofing membrane for installation of a fully adhered roof assembly over new insulation coverboard areas shall be a Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) based Thermoplastic product such as the 60-mil Sika Sarnafil, 60-mil minimum thick Duro-Last membrane, or 60-mil Carlisle membrane. Submission of substitute membranes that meet the requirements will be reviewed and approved for this project provided they meet the minimum testing values described in this section. Documentation of equivalence shall be provided with any such membrane submissions.

1. Exposed Face Color: White or as approved by the Owner.

B. The polyvinyl chloride (PVC) shall have the following physical properties: Minimum Thickness ASTM D638 0.060 Color N/A White/gray Tensile Strength ASTM D638 1500 psi Elongation at Break (machine x transverse) ASTM D638 250% x 220% Seam Strength ASTM D638 75% of tensile strength Tearing Resistance ASTM D1004 10 lbf Dynamic Puncture Resistance D5635

D5602 7.3 ft-lb

33 Bf

C. Flashing membrane for installation of fully adhered flashings shall be a minimum 0.060” thick thermoplastic or as manufactured by the roofing membrane manufacturer for their specific warranty requirements. Color to match the field of roof membrane. The manufacturer’s fleece backed membrane will be considered for this project as a separation layer if needed but is not required unless specified by the manufacturer.

D. All materials and accessories used to install the roofing and flashing membrane systems shall be as manufactured or supplied by the membrane manufacturer. These materials include, but are not limited to, the following:




1. Bonding adhesive (as recommended by the roofing manufacturer). 2. Prefabricated heat-weldable flashing components, including but not limited

to, pipe flashing and caps, inside and outside corner flashing, curb flashings. 3. Membrane termination strips, peel stops, bars, fasteners and plates. 4. Fluid-Applied, reinforced coatings for flashing conditions. Shall be compatible

with roof membrane and associated components.

E. All membrane manufacturer's required details shall be considered a part of this project and incorporated into the project.

2.3 VAPOR RETARDER

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Vapor Retarder: Minimum 32-mil- thick film laminated to a layer of rubberized asphalt adhesive, or as required by the manufacturer for their specific warranty; maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm; cold-applied, and release paper backing.

1. Provide primer when recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer.

B. Loose-Laid Vapor Retarder - 3-ply laminate combining two layers of fire retardant low density polyethylene and a high-strength cord grid such as Griffolyn® Type-55 FR, or approved equal.

1. Provide fire retardant self-adhesive tape, Griff Tape FR, or approved Equal.

2.4 BASEBOARD

A. Baseboard shall be as required by the manufacturer to meet the warranty requirements.

B. Approved Base Board:

1. Type “X” ½-inch minimum thick baseboard, such as Securock, as manufactured by USG, or approved equal.

2.5 ROOF INSULATION

A. General: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated.

B. Flat stock and tapered polyisocyanurate insulation shall be skinned with factory-applied fiberglass bituminous felt as manufactured by Celotex, Johns Manville, or as supplied by the membrane manufacturer as required to meet membrane manufacturer’s requirements.

1. The polyisocyanurate insulation shall have an area weighted aged R-Value of 30 to meet the Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) value in accordance with ASTM C518 and the Massachusetts State Building Code.




Minimum insulation thickness at outer perimeter of drain sump shall be an R30.

2. Tapered insulation shall be required to provide a minimum 1/2" per foot at crickets, saddles, drain sumps (4’x4’), and around mechanical equipment.

3. Tapered insulation at metal deck areas shall be ¼” per foot. 4. The polyisocyanurate insulation board shall conform to ASTM Specification

C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi minimum). 5. Flat stock insulation shall have a maximum board size of 4’ x 8’, or as

required by the manufacturer if the membrane manufacturer calls for lesser size boards.

6. Tapered insulation shall have a maximum board size of 4’ x 4’, or as required by the manufacturer if the membrane manufacturer calls for lesser size boards.

7. Insulation fillers shall be of the thickness required to match surrounding insulation when step tapering tapered edge strips.

8. Polyisocyanurate insulation shall be approved in writing by the insulation and membrane manufacturer that the methods of attachment are covered under the membrane manufacturer’s labor and material warranty. Copies of the written acceptance shall be forwarded to the Engineer.

C. Wood fiberboard insulation for use as tapered edge strips: 1. Fiberboard shall be high-density, non-asphalt impregnated and conform to

ASTM C208-72 Specifications. 2. Tapered edge strips shall be 18-inch wide and 1-5/8-inch thick, tapering to a

feathered edge. 3. Fiberboard insulation shall be approved in writing by the membrane

manufacturer. A copy of the written acceptance shall be forwarded to the Engineer.

D. Mineral-fiber batt insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool: 1. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with

maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

2.6 COVERBOARD

A. Unless designated otherwise by the manufacturer, coverboard insulation shall be High Density polyisocyanurate coverboard. Coverboard shall be ½-inch minimum thick, glass mat faced high density polyisocyanurate insulation board as required by the roofing manufacturer. The boards shall be a maximum of 4’ x 4’ in size and approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer. Coverboard insulation shall conform to ASTM C1289 Type II specifications. Compressive strength shall be greater than 90 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM D 1621. Dimensional stability shall be less than 0.5% in accordance with ASTM D 2126. Water Absorption shall be 3.0% or less in accordance with ASTM C 209. Should the manufacturer require another form of coverboard, specific to their warranty requirements, such as a moisture resistant gypsum product, it shall be submitted as part of their assembly letter, and at no additional cost to the Owner.




2.7 COLD ADHESIVE FOR COVERBOARD AND INSULATION BOARD SECUREMENT

A. Adhesive to adhere the insulation boards and coverboard systems shall be a two component, cold-process, asbestos free, low-rise polyurethane foam adhesive conforming to ASTM D276, D2556, D1875, D429, D816, D1876, D412 or as required by the membrane manufacturer. Adhesive shall meet the projects uplift rating and shall be approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer and included as part of the warranty coverage. Adhesive shall be I.S.O. Stick as manufactured by Firestone, Insta-Stik Professional Roofing Adhesive as manufactured by Insta-Foam Products, Inc., Olybond by Olympic or an approved equal.

2.8 FASTENERS

A. In general, fasteners, straps and other hardware shall be stainless steel, galvanized steel or fluorocarbon coated steel. Galvanizing shall be hot dip in accordance with ASTM A153 specifications. Electro-galvanized items shall not be used.

B. All accessories, including, but not limited to nails, screws, clips, fastening strips, etc. shall be completely compatible with the material being fastened to prevent galvanic reaction and premature deterioration.

C. Fasteners for securing roof insulation boards to wood or metal deck substrates shall be FM approved heavy #12, steel screws with deep buttress thread for high pullout resistance. as manufactured by OMG or approved equal. Screw length shall provide minimum 1” embedment into the deck or as specified by the manufacturer. Include the manufacturers recommended pressure distribution plates with the specified screws.

D. Nails for membrane termination shall be stainless steel, large head annular ring roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate the wood blocking 1-1/4-inch minimum.

E. Nails for flashing securement at metal deck and wood substrates shall be No. 12 Stubbs gauge, large head, threaded shank, hot dip galvanized nails, of sufficient length for 1-1/4-inch embedment.

F. Fasteners for terminating roof membrane at concrete or masonry substrates shall be minimum 1-1/2-inch long by ¼-inch diameter removable stainless-steel drive pins in zinc sheaths as manufactured by Star, Rawl or equal. Embedment into substrate shall be 1-1/4-inch minimum.

G. Fasteners for securing membrane sheeting shall be as approved by the manufacturer for the substrate and depth and shall meet the project’s requirements/wind uplift rating.

H. Fasteners for base board securement to steel decking areas shall be self-drilling, self-tapping screws. Screws shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the underside of the




steel deck by 5/8” minimum and 1-1/4” maximum. Screws shall penetrate the upper flute only of the steel decking. Fasteners shall be in conformance with FM44 Corrosion Specifications.

2.9 ROOF HATCH

A. Roof access hatch curb and cover shall be constructed of 11-gauge mil finished aluminum with factory welded corners and shall be custom sized, 2’-9” by 4’-0” minimum. Curb shall be 12-inch minimum in height and formed with a 3-1/2” flange. Hardware shall be zinc plated and consist of heavy pintel hinges, compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes, positive snap latch with turn handles, padlock hasps inside and thermoplastic rubber gaskets. Hatch shall be Type S as manufactured by Bilco, MEZZ-RHA as manufactured by A-Mezz Industrial Structures, Personnel series as manufactured by Babcock-Davis, or approved equal.

B. Curb mounted safety railing with gate shall be as manufactured by BlueWater manufacturing, Garlock Equipment Company, Kee Safety Ltd, SafePro Systems, or approved equal.

1. Finishes and colors of the safety rails shall be selected by the Owner.

2. Safety rails around the perimeter of the roof hatch shall incorporate the manufacturer’s approved gate, which is either self-supported, or operates on a wheeled support.

2.10 PORTABLE GUARD RAILS

A. Safety railing shall be KeeGuard as manufactured by Kee Safety, Inc., Safety Rail 2000 Guardrail System as manufactured by BlueWater manufacturing, Invisi-Rail as manufactured by Garlock Safety Systems, Safepro, or approved equal. Color shall be from the standard color list and selected by the Owner.

B. Safety rails shall be 1-5/8-inch outer diameter steel tubing with a powder coat finish. Finishes and colors of the safety rails shall be selected by the Owner.

C. Guardrail bases shall be 108 pounds, 21-1/4-inches wide and have four (4) rail receiving posts. Each post shall have slots utilized for a positive locking system and securement pin. Finishes and colors of the bases shall be selected by the Owner.

D. Securement pins for the positive locking system shall be zinc plated and yellow chromate dipped 1010 carbon steel. Securement pins shall consist of a collared pin a lanyard connecting to a lynch pin.

E. Protection pads for use under bases shall be 30-inches by 30-inches pads as manufactured or approved by the roof membrane manufacturer.




F. Provide perpendicular rails as required by the manufacturer to prevent over turning at straight run location. Include the locations on the manufacturer’s Shop Drawings for placement configurations.

G. Contractor shall provide the necessary accessories to connect the new guard rails to adjacent rising walls or other stairs or ladders to minimize “gaps” or “openings” greater than 3.75-inches.

2.11 WALKWAY PADS

A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, thermoplastic, slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads or rolls acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer.

2.12 HOT PIPE INSULATION

A. Insulation for use at hot pipe shall be minimum 2-inch thick and capable of withstanding temperatures of 2,100 degrees F minimum such as Thermal Ceramics Cerablanket as manufactured by Kaowood Thermal Ceramics, Ferrawool – F11400 as manufactured by Ferralloy, Inswool HP Blanket as manufactured by Empire Refractory or approved equal.

2.13 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Mineral-fiber batt insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool: 1. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with

maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

2. Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A; Category 1, faced with foil-scrim-Kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on one face.

B. Foam rod as required for expansion joints shall be a minimum 2” diameter closed

cell, high density, neoprene foam tube of the size required and as recommended by the membrane manufacturer, or to be compressed by 30% within the existing expansion opening. Larger size rods shall be used where required.

2.14 SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Sealant for exposed locations shall be a one-part polyurethane conforming to ASTM C920-87, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, and O such as manufactured by Tremco, BASF-Sonneborn, Sika Corp., or approved equal.

B. Color(s) shall be selected by the Owner from the approved manufacturer's color chart. Colors shall be the manufacturer’s available premium colors.

C. Primer shall be non-staining type as manufactured or recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each substrate.




D. Substrate cleaner shall be non-corrosive and non-staining as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Cleaner shall be totally compatible with the sealant for each substrate.

E. Bond breaker tape shall be pressure-sensitive tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

F. Masking material shall be commercially available masking tape of appropriate width or other material recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Self-adhesive masking materials shall be of low tack and completely strippable, leaving no adhesive residue behind when removed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system:

1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place.

2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation.

3. Proceed with installation only after any and all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Contractor shall not remove portions of the existing roof system without maintaining a watertight enclosure membrane at the end of the work day. The use of tarps, polyethylene sheeting, etc., is not allowed to be used as a temporary enclosure membrane.

C. Remove existing roof systems at designated locations where indicated on the contract drawings.

D. Do not damage building components designated to remain.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.




C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday, or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

D. Refer to Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY, concerning the installation of the wood blocking, nailers, and similar accessory woodwork. Confirm the proper installation of the wood blocking, nailers, and similar accessory woodwork. Clean any items designated to remain of all remaining adhesive or cover with acceptable buffer material.

E. Coordinate with Section 223000 – PLUMBING, for modifications to the roof drains and associated work.

3.3 BASEBOARD INSTALLATION (MECHANICALLY FASTENED)

A. Install new baseboard over properly prepared metal roof deck at designated locations and, prior to installing the vapor retarder, secure with specified fasteners at one (1) fastener per 2-square feet, unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer.

B. Install baseboard per the manufacturer’s recommendations and to accommodate any required spacing along the side and butt joints between boards.

C. The Contractor shall monitor and clean the interior of the building daily for any displaced existing sprayed-applied fireproofing mounted to the underside of the roof deck.

D. The Contractor shall make repairs to any displaced fireproofing materials at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.4 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Vapor Retarder: Prime substrate if required by manufacturer. Install self-adhering sheet vapor retarder over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 3-1/2-inches and 6-inches, respectively. Seal laps by rolling.

1. Completely seal vapor retarder at side laps, end laps, terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system. Install vapor retarder without wrinkles, “fish mouths”, or other deficiencies.

2. If the Contractor anticipates using the vapor retarder as a temporary roof, the Contractor shall strip in all seams, as required by the manufacturer, at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Loose-Laid Sheet Vapor Retarder: Install sheet vapor retarder over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 3-1/2-inches and 6-inches, respectively. Seal laps with tape by rolling.




1. Install reinforced vapor retarders in accordance with manufacturer's

instructions. 2. Ensure there are no discontinuities in vapor retarder at seams and

penetrations. 3. Install vapor retarders in largest practical widths. 4. Ensure surface beneath vapor retarder is smooth with no sharp projections. 5. Join sections of vapor retarder and seal penetrations in vapor retarder with

mastic tape. Ensure vapor retarder surfaces to receive mastic tape are clean and dry.

6. Immediately repair holes in vapor retarder with self-adhesive repair tape. 7. Seal around pipes and other penetrations in vapor retarder with pipe boots

in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION (Mechanically Fastened)

A. The multi-layered polyisocyanurate insulation, base board and insulation system shall be installed on properly prepared clean, dry surfaces.

B. Allow moisture on roof surfaces to dry prior to application of insulation. Open flames are strictly prohibited from the roof areas. Ensure that roof surfaces and joints are clean of all debris.

C. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions for installing roof system. Insulation boards shall be free of defects including but not limited to, broken corners, improperly adhered facers, excessive moisture, dimensional irregularities and the like. Defective insulation boards shall be marked and immediately removed from the site.

D. Mechanically fasten the polyisocyanurate insulation atop the properly prepared roof deck at the appropriate roof areas, as indicated in the Contract Drawings using the specified and recommended fasteners through distribution plates. Stagger all end joints to the middle of the long dimension of adjacent insulation boards and stagger insulation layer to layer. Fasteners shall be installed at a rate required by the manufacturer, refer to FM Data Sheet 1-28 for insulation fastening pattern. Be sure all heads and discs lie flat to the insulation.

E. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions for installing roof insulation.

F. Insulation shall be installed over properly prepared and pre-approved substrates from of any debris, dirt, grease, oil, or moisture.

G. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components, so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday.

H. Install insulation boards such that the long dimensions of the boards run in parallel alignment and the short dimensions are staggered. Boards shall be installed with minimum joint dimensions and shall be tightly butted where possible. Maximum




joint widths shall be 1/8-inch. Damaged corners shall be cut out and replaced with a board piece a minimum of 12” x 12” cut from larger panels. No board piece shall than one square foot is acceptable.

I. Between layers of insulation board and between the top layer of insulation, stagger layers a minimum of 24-inches from the layer with respect to the joints of the long dimensions of the board.

J. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated.

K. Contractor shall snap lines with chalk or other means necessary to secure the insulation boards with the approved fasteners to the upper flutes of the metal roof deck. Any damage to the facer of the insulation boards shall result of insulation board replacement.

L. Construct insulation crickets where shown on the Contract Drawings or as required to prevent ponding and direct all run-off water to roof drains or scuppers. Set crickets in cold adhesive prior to setting coverboards, or as otherwise required by the roof membrane manufacturer to maintain the specified warranty.

M. Utilize fiberboard tapered edge strips and isocyanurate fillers at all drain locations and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Step taper the surrounding insulation system down to the drain bowl location. Maximize drain sumps to match insulation layers (4’ x 4’ minimum sumps).

3.6 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION (ADHERED)

A. The multi-layer insulation system shall be installed on properly prepared, clean, dry surfaces. Finished system will be capable of achieving the project attachment requirements for installation of the specified assembly over the roof deck(s).

B. Allow moist deck sections to dry prior to application of roof insulation. Open flames are strictly prohibited from the roof areas. Ensure that deck surface and joints are clean of all debris and roofing materials.

C. Insulation boards shall be free of defects including but not limited to, broken corners, improperly adhered facers, excessive moisture, dimensional irregularities, and the like. Defective insulation boards shall be marked and immediately removed from the site.

D. In the event that the existing roof decks have anchor bolts or fasteners that extend above the main roof deck surface, all insulation boards shall be notched to allow for flat installation onto the roof deck.

E. Adhere the base layers of the flat stock and tapered insulation to the vapor retarder using the specified and recommended adhesives. Stagger all end joints to the middle of the long dimension of adjacent insulation boards and stagger insulation layer to layer. Refer to FM Data Sheet 1-28 for insulation fastening pattern. Install




the wood fiberboard tapered edge strips atop the properly installed insulation with the manufacturer’s approved adhesive rates.

F. Install base layers on approved substrates and subsequent insulation layers in full applications of the manufacturer approved adhesive at the adhesive manufacturer’s application rate. Stagger joints of the insulation and fiberboard overlayment at the midpoint in the ling dimension. Stagger joints between insulation layers 12-inches minimum. Gaps between boards shall not exceed 1/8-inch.

G. The minimum dimension on cut insulation boards shall be 12-inches with a minimum surface area of 2 square feet. Only full sized insulation boards shall be used at roof perimeters and corners.

H. Utilize tapered edge strips and fiberboard fillers at drain location or tapered insulation. Step-taper the surrounding insulation system down to the drain bowl location. Provide maximum sumps in conjunction with the tapered insulation system.

I. Utilize tapered edge strips along curb units and large roof penetrations.

J. All insulation boards shall be installed tightly butted to adjacent insulation or wood blocking. If gaps greater than 1/8-inch exist between boards, the board shall be cut out and replaced.

K. Insulation boards set in cold-process adhesive shall immediately be "walked-in" to assure full embedment. Poorly adhered boards shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.

L. Ensure that boards are totally adhered prior to application of roof membrane.

1. Adhesive bead spacing shall be 12” O.C. – Field; 6” O.C. – Perimeter; and 4” O.C. – Corners, minimum, unless designated otherwise by the manufacturer.

M. Insulation shall be installed over properly prepared and pre-approved substrates. Allow moist deck sections to dry prior to application of roof insulation. Open flames are strictly prohibited from the roof areas. Ensure that deck surface and joints are clean of all debris and roofing materials.

N. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components, so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday.

O. Install insulation boards such that the long dimensions of the boards run in parallel alignment and the short dimensions are staggered. Boards shall be installed with minimum joint dimensions and shall be tightly butted where possible. Maximum joint widths shall be 1/8-inch. Damaged corners shall be cut out and replaced with a board piece a minimum of 12” x 12” cut from larger panels. No board piece shall than one square foot is acceptable.




P. Contractor shall snap lines with chalk or other means necessary to secure the insulation boards with the approved fasteners to the upper flutes of the metal roof deck. Any damage to the facer of the insulation boards shall result of insulation board replacement.

Q. The Contractor shall monitor and clean the interior of the building daily for any displaced existing sprayed-applied fireproofing mounted to the underside of the roof deck.

3.7 INSTALLATION OF COVERBOARD (ADHERED)

A. Install the coverboard in cold adhesive applied in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturer’s written installation instructions to achieve the required warranty.

B. Install the coverboard and immediately “walk” the system into place to spread the adhesive for maximum contact. Stagger all end joints to the middle of the long dimension of adjacent boards, 24-inches minimum. Continue to “walk” the coverboard every 5 to 7 minutes until firm adhesion is achieved. Ballast the boards to prevent cupping. Redistribute ballast to ensure full bonding of the system.

C. Ensure that boards are totally adhered prior to application of roof membrane. Any unadhered areas shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.8 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY, concerning the installation of the wood blocking, nailers, and similar accessory woodwork. Confirm the proper installation of the wood blocking, nailers, and similar accessory woodwork. Clean any items designated to remain of all remaining adhesive or cover with acceptable buffer material.

B. Inspect surface of coverboard prior to installation of roof membrane. Coverboard surface shall be clean and smooth with no excessive surface roughness. Contaminated surfaces or unsound surfaces such as broken or delaminated boards or insulation voids shall be removed and replaced with sound boards. Coverboards shall be swept and blown clean of all dust prior to applying bonding adhesives.

C. Adhere thermoplastic roof membrane system in accordance with the recommendations and requirements of the membrane manufacturer, as amended in these Specifications. Follow the manufacturer’s requirements concerning application rates for cleaners, solvents, adhesives and similar materials. The application rates for these items given in these Specifications are to be considered nominal as the actual rates will vary manufacturer to manufacturer.




D. Do not apply any bonding adhesive to lap areas that are to be welded to flashings or adjacent sheets. Apply all sheets in the same manner, lapping all sheets as required by welding techniques.

E. Apply bonding adhesive to the coverboard and membrane at the manufacturer's recommended application rates. Bonding adhesive shall be applied in strict accordance with the environmental limitations required by the manufacturer.

F. Press the bonded sheet firmly in place with a large foam-covered lawn roller. Fold back the remaining unbonded half of the sheet and repeat the bonding procedure.

G. The Contractor shall flash all roof drains in conjunction with the new roof system. Extend membrane ½-inch minimum inside clamping ring with a continuous full bead of water cut-off mastic under the membrane. Ensure installation of roofing membrane will not allow for the penetration of mechanical fasteners within the central sump location.

H. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation.

1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of three (3) times daily and repair

seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing membrane that do not

meet requirements.

3.9 HOT-AIR WELDING OF MEMBRANE OVERLAPS

A. All seams are to be hot-air welded. Seam overlaps to be a minimum three (3) inches wide, or as required by the membrane manufacturer. Welding equipment shall be provided or approved by the membrane manufacturer. All workers intending to use the equipment shall have completed a training course by the manufacturer’s representative prior to initiating roof replacement operations. Certification of trained welders is required. Manufacturer to supply confirmation of welder training.

B. All field seams exceeding ten (10) feet in length shall be welded utilizing an automatic welder. All seams to be clean and dry. Remove foreign materials from seams (dirt, oils, etc.) with MEK, Acetone, or an authorized alternative. Use clean white cotton cloth and allow five minutes for solvents to dissipate prior to initiating welding. Follow the manufacturer's strict requirements, instructions and local codes for electric supply, grounding and overcurrent protection. The automatic weld machines power requirement is 218 to 230 volts at 30 amps. The availability of this voltage shall be verified at the work site on the roof before using the automatic welding machine. The use of portable generators, as required, will be at no additional cost to the Owner. Prior to utilizing the automatic weld machine on the roof, detailed instructions and operating procedure shall be obtained from the manufacturer’s technical representatives.




C. All seams are to be welded in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction. The job foreman or supervisor shall inspect all completed seams on a daily basis. Inspection shall include, but not be limited to, the probing of all field welded seams with a blunted, pointed instrument to assure quality of the application and to ensure that any operator or equipment deficiencies are immediately resolved. One (1) inch wide cross section samples of welded seams shall be taken at least three (3) times daily. Correct welds display failure from shearing of membrane prior to weld separation. Each patch shall be patched by the Contractor at no extra charge to Owner. Each weld will be forwarded to the Owner’s representative with approximate roof location and date labeled on each.

D. Hand welded seams shall be completed in two stages. Warm up equipment for at least one minute prior to welding.

1. Weld the back edge of the lap with a thin, continuous weld to prevent loss of the hot air during the final weld.

2. Insert the hot air nozzle into the lap, keeping the welding equipment at a 45-degree angle to the side lap. Once the material starts to flow, apply the hand roller at a right angle to the welding gun and press lightly. For straight laps, use the 1-1/2-inch wide nozzle. Correct weld speed will complete approximately 20"/minute. The hot air weld equipment shall have temperature adjustments to provide this proper speed and weld.

E. Secure the membrane at all perimeters, and penetrations once all welding of adjacent sheet seams is completed. Extend membrane over and beyond all wood blocking as detailed. The membrane at all perimeter and flashings locations shall be anchored at 6-inches on center maximum with the specified fasteners through continuous bars or specified fasteners should the installation of edge sheet metal not be installed on the same working day.

3.10 WATERSTOPS

A. All flashings shall be installed concurrently with the roof membrane in order to achieve a watertight condition as the work progresses. When a situation arises where a break in the day's work occurs in the central area of a roof, a temporary waterstop shall be constructed to provide a 100% watertight seal utilizing a raised temporary waterstop. Sweep back and totally clean the existing roof and set a 2" x 4" stud atop the prepared area in roof cement as recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Where stopping work on the new system, maintain the stagger of the insulation joints by installing partial fillers.

B. Carry the new membrane up and over 2" x 4" waterstop. Seal the edge of the membrane in a continuous heavy application of roof cement. Weight the membrane down in the sealant with a 2" x 10" wood member with ballast on top. Ballast should be approximately 20 lb./l.f. When restarting work, remove all sealant, membrane, insulation fillers, etc. from the work area. Do not reuse any of the material in the new work. Cut off contaminated thermoplastic membrane and dispose of immediately. If inclement weather occurs while a temporary waterstop is in place, the Contractor shall provide the labor necessary to monitor the situation




to maintain a watertight condition. Do not impede drainage when installing waterstops.

3.11 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. All flashings shall be installed concurrently with the roof membrane in order to maintain a watertight condition as the job progresses. No temporary membrane flashings shall be allowed without the prior written approval of the Owner. Approval, if given, will only be for specific locations on specific dates.

B. Ensure that all substrates are free from contaminates prior to the installation of the new flashing membranes. Install the manufacturer’s buffer or protection sheets as required.

C. Follow the membrane manufacturer’s requirements and recommendations and these specifications. Do not proceed with work until all Shop Drawings and submittals are reviewed.

D. Flashing shall be fully adhered to compatible, smooth, dry and solvent resistant surfaces. Reinforced/flashing sheets shall be used for flashing purposes as much as practical. Prefabricated components are to be used where practical at vent pipes, inside/outside corners, seams in sheet metal flashings or at any other location where forming of membrane flashings is required.

E. No adhesive shall be applied in seam areas that are to be hot air welded. All flashing shall use longest possible lengths of flashing membrane. Over cap vertical seams and field membrane as required by manufacturer for hot air welding.

F. Install membrane securement disks and fasteners into structural deck(s) or vertical walls at the base of penetrations. Securement disks and fasteners may be required by the membrane manufacturer at the base of tapered edge strips, ridges or other transitions. Contractor to comply with manufacturer’s requirements if more stringent than these specifications.

G. Apply bonding adhesive to face of wood, metal, or other material or surface to be flashed and allow adhesive to dry to the touch. Do not allow adhesive to cure for more than one (1) hour prior to applying flashing membrane. Position the flashing sheet and apply bonding adhesive to flashing membrane making sure bonding adhesive is not applied to overlap area of flashing to be welded. Use the longest possible lengths of flashing membrane. Apply bonding adhesive using rollers or brushes 100% to all surfaces at a smooth, uniform rate, free of holidays, light spots, globs or similar irregularities, all at the manufacturer’s application rate. Allow membrane flashing surface of adhesive to dry to a tacky condition, such that adhesive strings occur when touched with a dry finger. After bonding adhesive becomes tacky on membrane flashing surfaces, roll flashing onto surface carefully to prevent wrinkles, fishmouth, bridging or similar flaws. Unless otherwise detailed, top of membrane flashings must be minimum 8” above the surface of the roof membrane, 3” minimum above the bottom of metal counterflashing, and a minimum 3-inch past the limits of nail heads or other fasteners. Membrane




flashings shall extend the full width of horizontal metal flashing flanges (i.e., gravel stops). After setting, roll membrane into place using a padded roller and heavy hand pressure. Roll 100% of the surface to assure total adhesion with no wrinkles or bridging. After rolling, hot air weld vertical, side, and field membrane overlaps, laps of flashing sheet using minimum 4-inch wide overlaps. After hot air welding of the flashing sheet and overlaps, check all welds with blunted instrument and re-weld deficiencies.

H. Inside and outside corners and other changes in direction of flashing sheets shall not be butt-type splices at the point of direction change. All flashing sheets shall be jointed past the change in direction. Prefabricated corners to be utilized where suitable. Outside vertical corners, such as around curb units, shall extend a minimum of 2-inch around the corner for each flashing sheet. Adhere flashing sheets in place with light pressure. All field fabricated interior/exterior corners and miters shall be cut and hot air welded in place. All flashings shall be installed in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and the manufacturer’s instruction, unless amended. Flashings shall be turned up and over the tops of curbs as much as practical.

I. Vent pipe flashings can utilize prefabricated or field fabricated components. Prior to installation of flashings, the Contractor is to remove all bituminous contaminants or apply an approved separation layer to pipes as a barrier against membrane contamination. Vent pipe flashing to utilize membrane cap which turns into vent pipe. Coordinate providing the vent pipe extensions with the Plumbing Contractor.

1. Where approved by the Engineer, in lieu of membrane cap termination, provide a continuous bead of sealant between membrane and pipe and install a stainless steel hose clamp at top of flashing sheet. Install a buffer strip of membrane behind hose clamp to protect flashings.

J. Membrane flashing terminating on a vertical surface shall be mechanically fastened to the substrate.

3.12 WALKWAY PAD INSTALLATION

A. Install manufacturer’s walkway pads in locations as directed by the Owner, as noted on the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein. At a minimum, pads shall be provided around all rooftop mechanical equipment units, roof access doors, below sleepers, below the existing and new portable guard rail bases, and at the base of the sloped side of the translucent fiberglass skylights.

1. Contractor shall also provide a minimum of 100-linear feet of additional walkways to be installed at the Owner’s request.

B. Weld and/or adhere the walkway pad to the membrane roofing in accordance with the membrane manufacturer’s printed instructions. Walkway pads shall be continuous, except for gaps between sections to allow for drainage and inspection of seams, and to the satisfaction of the Owner.




3.13 ROOF EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Construct expansion joints as detailed using thermoplastic roof membrane.

B. Provide temporary protection on the interior to prevent dust infiltration into the building.

C. Install loop of membrane as required to support fiberglass batt insulation where detailed. Install loop prior to installing new wood blocking.

D. Install foam tube atop looped membrane and wood blocking. Butt all ends of foam rod to prevent voids. Adhere in place with adhesive if required.

E. Install membrane over the foam tube and extend onto adjacent membrane areas 4-inch minimum. Fully weld all seams.

3.14 ROOF HATCH

A. Remove existing roof access hatch and associated components.

B. Coordinate with Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY for installation of new wood blocking on top of the existing concrete curb and modification for the new step extension.

C. Coordinate with Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM for the new interior sheet metal enclosure flashing.

D. Install new roof access hatch in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions.

E. Flash hatch curbs as previously described in this Section and as shown on the Detail Drawings.

F. Secure top edge of flashing membrane with compressible foam backer rod as detailed.

G. Install new curb-mounted safety railing with gate to curb of new roof access hatch.

3.15 PORTABLE GUARD RAILS

A. It is the intent of this project to provide perimeter guard rails on the roof area(s) where indicated on the Contract Drawings. The guard rail system shall provide perpendicular returns to prevent overturning. Coordinate final placement and dimensions in the field.

B. Provide wall, ladder, edge, etc., returns to provide maximum 3-inch clearance from the manufacturer’s base plate, to the edge of a potential fall hazard.

C. Provide manufacturer’s walkway pad protection below each guard rail post base.




3.16 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect membrane-roofing system from damage and wear. Inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Designer and the Owner.

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane-roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane-roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

D. Refer to close-out procedures described in Division one of these Specifications for additional information.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 075400 - Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing.docx



SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1 of 12

SECTION 076200

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 072400 – Exterior Insulation And Finish System (EIFS) D. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing E. Section 077100 – Roof Specialties F. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnect G. Section 264100 – Lightning Protection


A. In general, the contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Supply all necessary chutes, disposal facilities, transportation and labor

necessary to dispose of all demolished materials, dirt, and debris off-site in a legal dumping area. The Contractor shall obtain all permits necessary to transport and dispose of all materials, rubbish, and debris.

2. Install new pre-fabricated metal fascia roof system and associated components as shown on the Contract Drawings at designated locations. Coordinate with Section 077100 – ROOF SPECIALTIES

3. Remove and replace sheet metal parapet covers at designated locations. Coordinate with Section 077100 – ROOF SPECIALTIES

4. Install new sheet metal flashings and trim as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as required to properly terminate the membrane.

5. Install counter-flashings at roof membrane terminations. Coordinate with Section 072400 – EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) for additional information.

6. Install skirt flashings around roof top equipment/units.




7. Remove and replace existing throughwall scuppers at designated locations. Coordinate with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING and Section 072400 – EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS).

8. Install blind nailers at all vertical roof membrane and sheet metal termination locations.

9. Install sheet metal storm hood at hot pipe detail; refer to Contract Drawings for details.

10. Install new downspout, scupper box, and concrete splash block at designated location(s).

11. Coordinate the re-installation of the existing lightning protection with Section 264100 – LIGHTNING PROTECTION.

12. Complete all associated work.



A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement.

B. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing and copings capable of resisting the Wind Zone forces required by Code according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.

C. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F material

surfaces.

D. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to building interior.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.




B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and elevations. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. Include the following: 1. Identify material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in

Project. 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes,

seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal

flashing and trim, including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work.

4. Details of expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12-inches long. Include fasteners, cleats, clips,

closures, and other attachments. 2. Trim: 12-inches long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Accessories: Full-size Sample.


A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1. Meet with the Owner, Designer, Owner's insurer if applicable, Installer, and

installers whose work interfaces with or affects sheet metal flashing and trim including installers of roofing materials, roof accessories, and roof-mounted equipment.

2. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Examine substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including

flatness and attachment to structural members. 4. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions

required, and furnish copy of record to each participant.


A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling.

B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.




C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leak proof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.9 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE

A. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of his work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years, and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a corporation.

B. Finish Warranty – 20-years for aluminum sheets.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METALS

A. Thermoplastic clad metal shall be 25-gauge galvanized steel with thermoplastic laminated to the exposed face. Color(s) to be selected by the Owner.

B. Aluminum shall be 0.032”, 0.040’’, and 0.050” thick Kynar 500 Fluoropolymer painted aluminum as shown on the Contract Drawings. Color(s) to be selected by the Owner. Aluminum shall have a mill finish for concealed items. Aluminum shall be 3003 alloy, H-14 temper.

C. Stainless steel shall be AISI 18-8 Type 304, 2D finish. Sheet length shall be 8’ maximum. Note, stainless steel is only anticipated to be used as hot pipe storm hoods, unless otherwise indicated.

D. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clips shall be stainless steel or galvanized steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction. Galvanizing shall be per ASTM A153-09.

E. Termination bars shall be 1/8" x 1" stainless steel or aluminum bar (as required to prevent galvanic action with the flashings being secured) with pre-punched holes at 6” on center, or as required by the membrane manufacturer.

F. Clamps shall be screw adjustable stainless steel hose clamps with a minimum 3/8” band width.

G. Rivets shall be 3/16" diameter stainless steel as required by the metal being secured.




H. Sheet metal flashings shall be shop fabricated. All breaks, bends and hems shall be uniform, clean, straight lines. 1. All aluminum joints shall be adequately overlapped, back-sealed, and

riveted. 2. Flanges shall be 4" wide minimum. 3. Drip edges shall be hemmed ¾-inch wide and break at a 30o angle. 4. Clips shall be 2-inch wide. 5. All flanges to be covered with roofing or flashing membranes shall have a ¼-

inch minimum hem on the edge. 6. All sheet metal joints shall have 6-inch wide cover and backer plates. 7. Blind nailers shall be 4-inch wide, folded to 2-inch wide final dimension. 8. Fascia reveals shall not exceed 8-inch. Fascia requiring a greater vertical

face than 8-inch shall be fabricated as a two-piece system with each face of equal exposure.

9. Maintain equal fascia height around entire perimeter of each roof area and where fascias abut.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation.

B. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer.

C. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape.

D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

E. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints.

F. Mastic for back-sealing sheet metal against non-metal substrates shall be as recommended by the underlayment manufacturer. Concealed sealant for back-sealing metal-to-metal connections shall be single-component, butyl (polyisobutylene) rubber sealant, heavy bodied for joints with limited movement.

2.3 FABRICATION SCHEDULE

A. Note, similar flashing components have been listed under multiple metal fabrications type and thicknesses. The Contractor shall coordinate the use of compatible metals to prevent galvanic corrosion, and coordinate painted finish components at visible locations.




1. Thermoplastic Clad Sheet Metal: a. Blind Nailers b. Transition Details c. Throughwall Scupper d. Scupper Box

2. 0.032” Coated Aluminum: a. Skirt Flashing b. Blind Nailers c. Backer Plates d. Sheet Metal Flashings, Counter Flashings At EFIS e. Closure Metals At EFIS

3. 0.040” Thick Coated Aluminum: a. 2-inch Wide Clips b. Drip Flashings c. Facia Extensions And Facia Closure Flashings d. Roof Hatch Closure Flashing e. Surface Mounted Reglet

4. 0.050” Thick Coated, or Mill Finished Aluminum: a. Continuous Hook Strips

5. 22 gauge Stainless-Steel a. Storm Hood / Rain Collars

2.4 FASTENERS

A. In general, fasteners, straps and other hardware shall be copper, brass, stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. Galvanizing shall be per ASTM A 153 specifications. Electro-galvanizing will not be accepted.

B. Fasteners for securement of flashings and hook strips to concrete or masonry shall be ¼-inch diameter hammer drive anchors with zinc sheaths and flat heads such as Zamac Nailins by Rawl, Star Fasteners, Unifast, or approved equal. Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the substrate 1-1/4-inch minimum.

C. Sheet metal to wood blocking connections and mechanical unit securement (exposed securement): Self-drilling, self-tapping, Number 10, stainless steel hex-head screws, 1-1/2-inch long, equipped with metal capped EPDM washers.

D. Nails for flashing securement at wood substrates shall be No. 12 Stubbs gauge, large head, threaded shank, copper or galvanized steel nails minimum 1-inch long.

E. Fastens for securement of the pre-engineered edge metal shall be recommended by the manufacturer.




PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and

securely anchored. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. 1. Coat side of stainless-steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous

coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.

2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip-sheet or install a course of polyethylene underlayment.

3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required for waterproof performance.

C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks.

D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant.

E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1. Space cleats not more than 12-inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two

fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.




F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10-feet with no joints allowed within 24- inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1-inch-deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.

G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4-inches for nails and not less than ¾-inch for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel

fasteners. 2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless steel fasteners. 3. Stainless Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners.

H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint

members not less than 1-inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.

I. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2-inches except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not solder aluminum sheet. 2. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Pretin edges of uncoated sheets to be soldered

using solder recommended for stainless steel and phosphoric acid flux. Promptly wash off acid flux residue from metal after soldering.

3. Do not use open-flame torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joints. Fill joints completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.

J. Aluminum Flashing: Rivet or weld joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER WOOD BLOCKING

A. Coordinate the installation of the perimeter wood blocking with Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY.

3.4 PRE-MANUFACTURED EDGE METALS

A. Coordinate the installation with Section 077100 – ROOF SPECIALTIES.




3.5 THERMOPLASTIC CLAD FLASHINGS

A. Pre-formed thermoplastic clad sheet metal flashings shall be formed and installed as indicated in the detail drawings.

B. All clad metal flashings shall be fastened into solid wood nailers with two rows of the specified fasteners, 4-inches on center, staggered.

C. Flashings shall be installed to provide adequate resistance to bending and allow normal thermal expansion and contraction.

D. Adjacent sheets of thermoplastic clad flashings shall be space ¼-inch apart and joints covered with 2-inch wide aluminum tape with a 4-inch wide strip of thermoplastic flashing membrane hot air welded over the joint, or as recommended by the manufacturer.

E. Hook new thermoplastic edge metal/fascia to aluminum hook strips. Secure continuous hook strips at 6-inch on center minimum, nailed into wood blocking.

F. Backer plates shall be installed behind all fascia-flashing joints. Set flange on roof and nail off with fascia flashing flange.

G. Sealant shall be applied with full beads between backer plates to fascia flashing joint.

H. Membrane cover plates shall be installed over each fascia/flashing joint and heat welded.

I. Fascia flashing flange shall be nailed off over membrane 3-inch on center staggered, minimum.

J. Provide blind nailers at exposed ends where thermoplastic clad fascias meet rising walls as necessary and other locations as required to provide an aesthetic watertight termination of metal flashings.

3.6 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight.

B. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4-inches over base flashing. Install stainless steel draw band and tighten.




C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4-inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4-inches and bed with elastomeric sealant. 1. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and

sealant.

D. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof

except for flashing on vent piping.

3.7 THROUGHWALL SCUPPER SLEEVE

A. Coordinate the coring of the emergency overflow scupper with the plumbing contractor. Cores shall be positioned 6” maximum above the roof drain bowls within the parapet walls. The 4” diameter holes are intended for emergency relief only and shall be located through the concrete parapet wall at the approximate locations shown on the Contract Drawings.

B. Fabricate the scupper sleeves at scupper locations to match the Contract Drawings. Scupper sleeves shall match the existing scupper dimensions and shall extend through the total width of the finished parapet wall. The scupper sleeves shall be fabricated with the longitudinal seam located along the top of the cored opening and fit snugly into place. Scupper sleeve shall have hemmed flanges for securement on the inside of the parapet where shown. Secure the sleeve to the parapet wall with the specified fasteners and flash the flanges as specified. Extend the scupper sleeve 1-inch minimum beyond the exterior wall surface, keeping it flush with the interior wall surface.

3.8 SKIRT FLASHINGS

A. Fabricate skirt flashings to the configurations shown on the Contract Drawings.

B. Insert flashings beneath new counterflashings or skirt flashings as detailed. Overlap adjacent sections a minimum of 3-inch.

C. Secure wall flashing skirt flashing with clips at 12-inches on center and a minimum of two per section. All fasteners shall be concealed.

3.9 COUNTERFLASHINGS

A. Fabricate new counterflashing and receivers to the dimensions and shapes where shown in the Contract Drawings and as specified herein.

B. Secure counter-flashings with clips where indicated. Fabricate and secure clips as previously specified.




3.10 BLIND NAILERS

A. Fabricate and install blind nailer with a 2-inch minimum leg inserted behind membrane. Fasten flashing through leg of blind nailer.

B. Fold blind nailer to 2-inch wide final dimension with ½-inch hemmed edge over fastener.

C. Provide continuous beads of sealant at back and leading edges.

3.11 CONTINUOUS CLEATS AND HOOK STRIPS

A. Form continuous cleats/hook strips with ¾-inch kicks, bent out at a 30° angle to the face or wall. Height of continuous cleats/hook strips shall be as indicated on the Detail Drawings.

B. Secure continuous cleats/hook strips to wood blocking with the specified fasteners spaced at 6-inches on center.

C. Provide 1/8-inch butt joints between hook strip sections.

3.12 SECUREMENT CLIPS

A. Secure clips to substrate with the specified fasteners at minimum 6-inches on center, or as indicated on the Detail Drawings.

B. Bend clips a minimum of 1-inch over bottom drip edge of flashing and crimp tightly.


A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.

D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.docx



ROOF SPECIALTIES 07 71 00 – 1 of 8

ROOF SPECIALTIES

SECTION 07 71 00

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHER

A. Section 02 41 00 – Selective Demolition B. Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing D. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashings and Trim


A. In general, the contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Roof edge specialties 2. Overflow scupper specialties 3. Parapet Cap

1.4 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/SPRI ES-1 - Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope

Roofing Systems.

B. ASTM E 136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 750 Degrees C; 2012.

C. FM 1-28 - Design Wind Loads; Factory Mutual System; current version.

D. FM 1-29 - Roof Deck Securement and Above Deck Roof Components; Factory Mutual System; current version.

E. FM 4470 - Approval Standard - Class I Roof Covers; current version.

F. SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry Standards.





A. General: Provide roof specialties that withstand exposure to weather and resist thermally induced movement without failure, rattling, leaking, or fastener disengagement due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

B. Provide roof specialties that are ANSI/SPRI ES-1 or GD-1 tested and certified by a 3rd party testing laboratory active in the testing of industry standard edge metal systems.

C. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install roof edge specialties that are listed in FM Approvals “Roof NAV”, and approved for windstorm classification, class 1-60. Identify materials with FM Approvals markings.

D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress resulting fromthermal movements. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg. F. (67 deg. C.), ambient; 180 deg. F. (100 deg. C.), material surfaces.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include required sets of construction details, material

descriptions,dimensions of individual components, profiles and finishes for each type of productindicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show profiles, joining method, location of accessory items,

attachment and flashing details, membrane roof interface, and dimensions. 1. Drawings to include plans, elevations, expansion joint locations, keyed

details and attachments to other work.Distinguish between plant and field assembled work. Print drawings to correct scale.

2. Include details for expansion and contraction, locations of expansion joints, including direction of expansion and contraction.

3. Indicate pattern of seams and layout of fasteners, clips, cleats and other attachments.

4. Detail termination points and assemblies, including fixed points. 5. Include details of special conditions.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of roof specialty indicated with factory

applied color finishes to verify finish and color selection in manufacturer’s standard sizes.

D. Samples for Verification: Include samples of each type of roof specialty to verify




1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification data for manufacturer.

B. Qualification data for fabricator. C. Qualification data for installer.

D. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS

qualification within previous 12 months. E. Product Certificates: For each type of roof specialty. F. Product Test Reports: For copings and roof edge flashings, for tests performed by a

qualified testing agency.

1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roof specialties to include in maintenance manuals.

B. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.9 TEST AREAS

A. Before full scale work is commenced, execute the following work for trial work areas to be reviewed by the Owner as to acceptability of color, texture and appearance match with the existing construction. Test areas will be at locations established by the Owner and Engineer. Each mock-up shall be a minimum of 2’ x 2’ and include all components of the roofing system. 1. 2 linear feet of roof edge/facia

B. Trial areas shall be repeated until acceptable results are obtained. The accepted

work shall be a standard for all subsequent work.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer offering products meeting requirements that are FM approvals listed for specified class.

B. Design Qualifications: Provide structural design calculations stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state of Vermont for the screen walls and supporting steel framework.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: “Authorized Fabricator” certified and inspected by 3rd party ANSI/SPRI authorized testing laboratory for quality assurance. Current annual certificate required.

D. Installer Qualifications: Capable of assuming responsibility for performing Work of this Section, and who is a “certified installer” acceptable to the manufacturer.




E. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for systems’ aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by the Architect,

except with the Architect’s approval in writing. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to the Architect for review.

1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Store products in Manufacturer’s unopened packaging until ready for installation.

B. Store materials in a dry, protected, well-vented area.

C. Remove protective plastic surface film immediately before installation.

D. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.


A. Field Measurements: Verify profiles and tolerances of roof specialty substrates by

field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings.

B. Coordination: Coordinate roof specialties with roofing, flashing, trim, and construction of parapets, roof deck, and other adjoining work, whether new or existing, to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

C. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within

limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results.

1.13 WARRANTY

A. Roofing SystemWarranty: Roof specialties are included in warranty provisions of Division 7 Specification “Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing”.

B. Special finish Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer

agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Workmanship Warranty: Written warranty signed by the installer agreeing to repair

or replace work which exhibits defects in workmanship. 1. Warranty Period: 2 year from the date of substantial completion.




PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF EDGE SPECIALTIES

A. Fascia:

1. Basis of Design Product: ‘Perma-Tite’ System 200 Fascia manufactured by Metal-Era, Inc. Provide one-piece corner units. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: a. OMG edge Systems b. Petersen Aluminum Corporation c. Or “Approved Equal”

B. Scuppers:

1. Basis of design Product: ‘Perma-Tite’ Flat Scupper Type B for tapered condition with roof flange and perforated screen. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: a. OMG edge Systems b. Petersen Aluminum Corporation c. Or “Approved Equal”

C. Parapet Caps: 1. Basis of design Product: “Perma-Tite Gold Coping – Tapered”

manufactured by Metal-Era, Inc. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: a. OMG edge Systems b. Petersen Aluminum Corporation c. Or “Approved Equal”

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Formed Aluminum Sheet Fascia Covers: Aluminum sheet 0.040-inch (1.02 mm.)

thick. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. 2. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer.

a. Color: As selected by Owner.

3. Corners: Factory mitered and soldered, continuously welded, or mechanically clinched and sealed watertight.

4. Splice Plates: Concealed, of same material, finish and shape as fascia cover.

5. Fascia Accessories: Fascia extenders with hold-down cleats.

B. Attachment: 1. Stainless Steel Ring Shank Nails, as recommended by manufacturer for

adequate penetration into substrate, attached at not more than 6”” on center through Cleat.




2. Certified per ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 Standard to a design pressure of and 196 lbs./ft2 for .040” aluminum to comply with the International Building Code.

C. Sealant: As recommended by manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Examine walls, roof edges, and parapets, whether new or existing, for

suitable conditions for roof specialties. 2. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered prior to placing

order. 3. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped adequately for

positive drainage away from roof edge, and securely anchored. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF FACIA

A. General: Install roof specialties according to manufacturer’s written instructions.

Anchor roof specialties securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, underlayments, sealants and other miscellaneous items to complete the installation of roof specialty systems. 1. Install roof specialties level, plumb and true to line and elevation; without oil

canning and warping, jogs in alignment, buckling or tool marks. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Provide uniformly neat seams with minimum exposure of solder and

sealant. 4. Install roof specialties to fit substrates and to result in weathertight

performance. 5. Torch cutting is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against

galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

C. Expansion Provisions: Allow for thermal expansion of exposed roof specialties. 1. Space movement joints to align with curtain wall vertical mullions, but not

more than 12 feet apart, with no joints within 18 inches of corners or intersections.




2. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg. F. (4 and 21 deg. C.), set joints for 50% movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for movement at higher temperatures.

D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners that penetrate wood blocking not less than 1 1/4"

inches for nails, and not less than 3/4-inch for wood screws.

E. Seal concealed joints with sealant as recommended by manufacturer.

F. Seal joints to produce weathertight construction. Place sealant to be completely concealed in joint. Do not install sealants below 40 deg. F. (4 deg. C.)

G. Roof Edge Installation:

1. Install cleats, cants and other anchoring, attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners.

2. Anchor roof edgings with manufacturer’s required devices, fasteners and fastener spacing to meet performance requirements, but not more than 6’’ on center, nailed into wood blocking.

3. Secure fascia to water dam formed into continuous cleat/hook strip to provide butt joints between metal sectionsas recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 1/8”.

3.3 BALLASTED GUARDRAIL SYSTEM

A. Provide and install rails at the designated locations shown on the Contract


A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean off excess sealants.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as roof specialties are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, and pieces of flashing. Maintain roof specialties in clean condition during construction.

D. Replace roof specialties that have been damaged or cannot be successfully

repaired by finish touch-up or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION

I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 077100 - Roof Specialties.docx



PAINTING 09 91 23 - 1 of 6

SECTION 09 91 23

PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS



A. Section 075400 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing B. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim C. Section 264100 – Lightning Protection

1.3 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior items and surfaces including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Exterior roof access ladders


A. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work in other sections to ensure the orderly progress of work.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

C. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F.

D. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F.

E. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.



PAINTING 09 91 23 - 2 of 6

AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENISTS (ACGIH) ACGIH TLV-BKLT (1991-1992) Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) for Chemical

Substances and Physical Agents and Biological Expo-sure Indices (BEIs)

ACGIH TLV-DOC Documentation of Threshold Limit Values and Biological

Exposure Indices

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR) 29 CFR 1910.1000 Air Contaminants

COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (CID) CID A-A-2246 Paint, Latex (Interior)

CID A-A-2904 Thinner, Paint, Mineral Spirits, Regular and Odorless

FEDERAL STANDARDS (FED-STD) FED-STD-313 (Rev. C) Material Safety Data, Transportation Data and

Disposal Data for Hazardous Materials Furnished to Government Activities

FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS (FS) FS TT-P-29 Paint, Latex FS TT-P-650 (Rev D) Primer Coating, Latex Base, Interior, White (for

Gypsum Wallboard, or Plaster)

SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)

SSPC-PS Guide 1.09 Three-Coat Oil Base Zinc Oxide Painting System

SSPC-PS Guide 2.00 Guide for Selecting Alkyd Painting Systems

SSPC-PA 1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01 33 00.

B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s specifications and installation instructions for each product specified.

C. Samples: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.



PAINTING 09 91 23 - 3 of 6


A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. 1. Small Areas and Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Government. 1. Quantity: 1 gal., as appropriate, of each material and color applied.

1.9 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES

A. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, submit a Contractor Guarantee of his/her work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years, and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor's firm, and sealed if a corporation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles.

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles.

C. Manufacturers' Names (Exterior Steel Coatings): 1. Tnemec Company, Incorporated 2. Rust-Oleum Industrial Coatings 3. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 4. or approved equal.

2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.



PAINTING 09 91 23 - 4 of 6

B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.

C. Colors: Coordinate with other Sections where color matching is required. Match existing or adjacent materials as indicated, or as selected by the Owner from the Manufacturer’s full range of colors.

2.3 PREPARATORY COATS (PAINT) A. Exterior Metal Primer:

1. Primer for use over galvanized and other ferrous metal surfaces such as new and existing metal door frames shall be a direct to metal (DTM) primer, rust inhibitive in nature and shall be specifically manufactured and recommended by the paint manufacturer for the surface being painted.

2. Galvanized metal wash primer shall be an oil and grease emulsifier

B. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.

C. Coatings to be applied to properly prepared existing rusted structural steel shall be a cold galvanizing compound with not less than 92% zinc content by weight in dry film.

2.4 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS (PAINT)

A. Field Applied Paint (Steel Ladders) 1. Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Direct to Metal Polyurethane Enamel (if self-

priming), or Exterior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel: Steel Doors and Door Frames and Bridge steel

2. Or as otherwise recommended by paint manufacturer for application over galvanized and other ferrous metal surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION

A. Examine substrates and adjoining construction and conditions under which Work is to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.



PAINTING 09 91 23 - 5 of 6

C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items

removed using workers skilled in the trades involved.

D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not

been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal

treatment wash coat before priming. b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been

damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat.

3. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.

E. Material Preparation: 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition,

free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir

as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using.

F. Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 1. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior

faces.

G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat.

H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup

painted. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint,

apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.



PAINTING 09 91 23 - 6 of 6

I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other

applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.

J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer.

K. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.

L. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING

A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site.

B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.

C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or

defaced painted surfaces.

3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

A. Ferrous and Zinc-Coated Metal: 1. Primer: One coat, 4.0 DFT ,or as otherwise specified by the paint

manufacturer. 2. Finish Coats: Two coats, 2.0 DFT, or as otherwise specified by the paint

manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 09 91 23

i:\834820\02 design\specs\834820 upton police station - 099123 - painting.docx



PLUMBING 223000 - 1 of 6

SECTION 223000

PLUMBING

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 053100 – Metal Deck Repair and Replacement C. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry D. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing E. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects


A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications and in accordance with good construction practice.

B. Provide all temporary protection, lifts, hoists, manpower and equipment to protect the building and its components.

C. Remove and replace the existing roof drain clamping rings, strainers, and associated hardware. Clean and prepare existing roof drain bowls and install new drain bowl retrofit collar extensions to accommodate the required 5-inch minimum thickness of insulation. The existing roof drain bowls are to remain in place, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Clean all low slope roof drain systems from roof level to the point where it exits the building to achieve a free-flowing system before the roof demolition begins and after the roof is replaced. Notify the Owner immediately if any obstructions are encountered. Coordinate with the Owner before each cleaning phase.

E. Core new holes in existing parapet walls to install new emergency overflow scuppers at locations shown on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING.

F. Extend designated vent pipes to provide 18-inch minimum clearance above the finished roof surface. Coordinate with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for orderly progress of the installation.




1.4 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Schedule and execute all work without exposing the building interiors to inclement weather. Protect all new and existing roof work, the building and its contents from staining and damages. Segregate all work areas from the building occupants.

B. The Contractor is cautioned to take all necessary precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.

C. The plumbing work shall be coordinated with the roof work in such a manner that no interior portions of the building are left exposed to the elements at the end of a day’s work.

D. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary warning lines required to segregate the work areas and to protect the occupants from plumbing operations.

E. The Contractor shall provide all roof top protections for new and existing roofs as it relates to the plumbing operations.

F. Interior access may be required to perform the plumbing work, which may include the removal and replacement of the existing ceiling tiles and interior gypsum finishes to access the underside of the drain bowl assembly.

G. The plumbing shall be performed by licensed tradesmen.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit project literature and samples for the items listed in this section in accordance with Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with a minimum two-year workmanship warranty for their work. In the event any work related to this section is found to be defective within two years of substantial completion, the Contractor shall remove and replace such at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ROOF DRAINS AND ASSEMBLIES

A. Should a drain bowl require replacement, roof drain components, shall be minimum 12” diameter coated cast iron with 4” minimum diameter bottom outlet to match existing, large sump and wide roof flange, as manufactured by Josam Manufacturing Co., Zurn, Wade, Smith or approved equal. Replacement drain outlet diameters shall need 2” extension to match the existing, and be configured to rest on the roof deck, with a collar extension up to the insulation height as shown on the Detail Drawings. Drain assemblies shall have non-puncturing cast iron clamping ring with integral




gravel stop. All roof drain assemblies shall be installed with underdeck clamps. Drain strainers shall be cast iron, vandal resistant, of suitable size and configuration as provided by the drain manufacturer.

B. New adjustable retrofit extension collars shall be coated cast iron. New adjustable extension shall be compatible with the existing drain bowl configuration and under deck clamp. Adjustable extension shall be sized to accommodate minimum insulation thickness noted in the Contract Documents.

C. All accessories necessary for the proper installation of the new drain bowl assemblies, including but not limited to underdeck clamps, clamping rings with integral gravel stops and strainers, shall be of the same manufacturer as the drain bowls and be completely compatible with the existing piping and surrounding materials. Drain sump caulking shall be as recommended by the supplier.

D. No-hub connections shall be neoprene sleeves with a minimum of two (2) stainless steel hose clamps per side to be clamped.

2.2 VENT PIPE ACCESSORIES

A. Schedule 40 coated cast iron, conforming to ASTM A74 specifications. Pipe and connections shall be sized to tie into existing vent pipe.

B. Elastomeric joint couplings to be used only at tie-ins from new to existing vent pipe and shall conform to the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI). Couplings shall be made using neoprene sleeves with stainless steel draw band clamp connections, four clamps per sleeve.

2.3 INSULATION

A. Should a drain bowl require replacement, insulation for new drain bowl assemblies and drain pipe shall be preformed and skinned fibrous glass, minimum 1" thick, of sufficient size to fit fixtures and piping, such as fiberglass ASJ/SSL-11 pipe insulation by OCF, with factory-applied jackets, or approved equal. Fittings shall be mitered of the same material. Joints shall be taped as recommended and supplied by the manufacturer of the insulation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. All work in this Section shall be coordinated with roof replacement work. All required work at drain locations shall be properly protected at all times from equipment and traffic.

B. All flashing-in of the roof drains and membrane repairs as a result of the plumbing work shall be the responsibility of and provided by the Roofing Contractor under Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING.




C. The Contractor is cautioned to investigate all existing conditions and materials of construction. All replacement items, including but not limited to clamps and strainers must be completely compatible and match the existing system.

D. Clean all new drain assemblies thoroughly of dust, dirt, debris and bituminous materials prior to the installation of the replacement roof membrane system. Report any defects or obstructions immediately to the Owner.

3.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTING DESIGNATED ROOF DRAIN COMPONENTS

A. Remove the existing designated drain components from the roof so as to cause minimum damage to the deck. The existing drain bowls will remain in place with only the hardware, strainer, and clamping ring being replaced to complete the roof installation.

B. The Contractor shall provide all interior and roof deck protection, should drain removal be required.

C. All drains installed shall be completed and flashed in the same day’s operation.

D. Check all roof drain and leader pipe joints with a water test once roofing and flashing are complete and prior to installing drain system insulation to check for leaks. Repair all leaks to the satisfaction of the Owner.

E. Coordinate with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for the new roof drain markers.

F. Coordinate with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for timely progress of work. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide temporary roof protection at all newly install roofing in and around the plumbing work area. Any areas of newly installed roofing that are punctured, damaged, or otherwise impacted by the work of this Section, shall be removed and replaced by a qualified Roofing Contractor. Any such repairs shall be performed in a manner acceptable to the roofing membrane manufacturer so as to maintain, and to be covered under, the manufacturer's warranty of the newly installed roof system.

G. The cost of these repairs shall be accessed to the Plumbing Contractor.

3.3 CLEANING OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM

A. Prior to any roof renovations being performed, clean the existing drain leader lines to confirm that a free flowing system is present prior to the remaining work being performed. Notify the Owner’s Representative if there are any obstructions immediately after cleaning.

B. Once the new replacement roof system has been installed, clear all roof drain leader piping of debris and clogs such that the system is free-flowing.




C. The Contractor shall notify the Designer and Owner a minimum of 72-hours in advance prior to cleaning drainage system, in order to allow the Designer and Owner present during the cleaning operations.

D. The Contractor shall clear the existing leader pipe with Roto-rooter type equipment from the roof deck level to the point where the leader pipe exits the building. Flush the drain line with water upon completion of the cleaning.

3.4 VENT PIPE EXTENSIONS

A. It is the intent of the project to cut, or extend all existing vent pipes to provide an 18-inch minimum and 24-inch maximum clearance height from the finished roof surface to the top of the pipe. Coordinate the finished roof height with that of Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING. The configuration varies, and will be strongly dependent on the final insulation heights of the new roof system.

B. Field configurations will be required. Any vent pipe which will provide a minimum 8-inch flashing height under the no-hub connector, may simply be extended so that a pipe wrap detail may be installed.

3.5 EMERGENCY OVERFLOW SCUPPERS

A. Coordinate the coring of the emergency overflow scupper with the roofing contractor. Caution shall be taken to prevent damages to the existing masonry walls.

B. Cores shall be positioned 6” maximum above the roof drain bowls within the parapet

walls. Carefully core a 4” diameter hole completely through the parapet wall at the approximate locations shown on the Contract Drawings. Provide temporary protection of the existing building components should wet cutting be performed.

C. Clean all concrete staining and residue from the wall surfaces.

3.6 CLEAN-UP

A. All floor and adjacent areas, both interior and exterior, damaged or stained by the installation of the plumbing work shall be repaired and cleaned of all dust, debris and any other materials to the Owner's satisfaction.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 223000 - Plumbing.docx



TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 261000 - 1 of 6

SECTION 261000

TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 073100 - Asphalt Shingle Roofing D. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing E. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim F. Section 092400 – Stucco Repairs G. Section 264100 – Lightning Protection


A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications and in accordance with good construction practice. The work under this Section generally includes the following: 1. Provide all temporary protection, lifts, manpower, and equipment to protect

the building and its components.

2. The Contractor shall disconnect designated rooftop equipment and electrical conduit(s) servicing equipment and install a sheet metal duct extension to the existing ductwork to make room for a new rooftop curb unit support. The Contractor will be responsible to coordinate all work (equipment shutdown) with the Owner.

3. The Contractor shall coordinate the required electrical / mechanical shutdown(s) of the designated air condensing units with the Owner where the existing equipment requires raising or temporary removal to perform the work and reinstallation, where indicated on the Contract Drawings.

4. The contractor shall coordinate with Section 073100, Asphalt Shingle Roofing, for the installation of the snow melt system. Contractor to provide interior wiring from electrical room/electrical panel to side of dormer, install junction box for snow melt termination kit. Connect to power and test snow melt system.




B. Temporarily disconnect, remove, and support existing roof top fans, vents and mechanical ventilation equipment. Fans and equipment shall be re-installed and reconnected after installation of roofing and flashing of roof curbs. Provide electrical extensions, mechanical ductwork extensions, and roof curb extensions as required to extend the equipment above the new roof surface. 1. The following is the scope of work required where the existing exhaust fans,

mechanical equipment, and antennas located on the roof or adjacent surfaces must be disconnected, removed, and reconnected. a. Prior to temporarily lifting of any existing exhaust fans and mechanical

equipment, the contractor shall test the exhaust fans and mechanical equipment to ensure they are functioning properly and report any problems to the owner.

b. The Contractor shall coordinate all interruptions of power to existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment with the Owner prior to any work. Note, the Owner does not have the technical support to perform renovations at the site, and therefore, all renovations, including the interruption and reconnecting of the power, will be borne by the Contractor.

c. The Contractor shall ensure that the power to existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment is turned off. The Mechanical Contractor shall use lockout / tag-out procedures to ensure that the power is not turned on.

d. The Contractor shall temporarily disconnect, remove, and support the existing roof-mounted exhaust fans, mechanical equipment, ductwork and wiring and reconnect the same, as required by job condition, after installation of a new roof and flashing of the roof curbs.

e. The Contractor shall coordinate the heights of the existing mechanical unit curbs and fan curbs with that of the new insulation height to confirm which of the units will require raising and new duct and electrical extensions as required.

f. The Contractor shall turn power back on to the exhaust fans and mechanical equipment after work has been completed by all other trades.

g. After the existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment have been reconnected, the Contractor shall test the exhaust fans and mechanical equipment to ensure they are functioning properly and report any problems to the Owner.

C. The Contractor shall coordinate all interruptions of power to existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment with the Owner prior to any work. Note, the Owner does not have the technical support to perform renovations at the site, and therefore, all renovations, including the interruption and reconnecting of the power, will be borne by the Contractor.

D. Coordinate the work in this section with the appropriate trades to insure the proper work sequence.




1.4 JOB CONDITIONS


B. Notify the Owner at least 72-hours in advance of doing any interior demolition work so that the Owner may remove any portable items, such as furniture, from the area. Fixed items will not be removed and are to be protected by the Contractor.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for shutting down, removal, temporary support, proper reinstallation with ductwork and electrical extensions as required, and turning on of each mechanical unit by the end of the workday as it relates to the removal and reinstallation of the mechanical equipment. If the mechanical unit is found operational prior to the shut down procedures, and does not operate upon completion of the work and restarting the equipment, the Contractor will be responsible for repairing/replacing said unit at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. The Contractor is cautioned to take all necessary precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.

E. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) weeks notice prior to shutting down any mechanical services.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit project literature and samples for the items listed in this section in accordance with Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS.

B. Submit proposed lead times of materials and coordination efforts associated with replacement of units.

C. Submit proposed temporary shoring details and methods of re-attachment.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of his work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years, and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a corporation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FASTENERS AND ACCESSORIES

A. In general, fasteners shall be stainless steel. All accessories, including, but not limited to nails, screws, clips, fastening strips, etc. shall be completely compatible with the material being fastened to prevent galvanic reaction and premature deterioration.




B. Fasteners for securing fan and vent unit covers and termination bars to existing wood construction shall be stainless steel hex head self-drilling screws. At fan and vent unit cover resecurement use stainless steel capped EPDM washers of the next larger size than the existing fastener.

2.2 SHEET METAL, PREFORMED FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Aluminum shall be .032- inch thick, constructed per SMACNA standards for 2-inch w.c. static pressure. Aluminum shall have a mill finish. Aluminum shall be 3003 alloy, H-14 temper.

B. Stainless steel shall be 24-gauge AISI 18-8 type 304, 2D finish. Sheet length shall be 8-foot maximum.

C. Galvanized steel shall be constructed per SMACNA standards for 2-inch w.c. static pressure.

D. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clips shall be copper, brass, stainless steel or galvanized steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction.

E. Rivets shall be 3/16-inch diameter stainless steel.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. All work in this Section shall be coordinated with roof replacement work.

B. All flashing-in of the mechanical work shall be the responsibility of and provided by the Roofing Contractor under Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING.

C. The Contractor is cautioned to investigate all existing conditions and materials of construction.

D. Follow all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding construction of scaffolding and protection of the public safety for the work items included in this section. Specific reference should be made to OSHA Construction Safety Regulations. Provide warning lines, barricades, and similar items as required to restrict pedestrian access to hazardous areas. Job site safety shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.

3.2 REINSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Coordinate the heights of the existing mechanical unit curbs and fan curbs with that of the tapered insulation height to confirm which of the units will require raising and new electrical and duct extensions as required. Refer to Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING for coordination issues.




B. Extend electrical conduits and wiring, and mechanical systems and ductwork as required due to the increased roof insulation height.

C. Rooftop unit installation shall be coordinated to prevent exposing the interior to inclement weather. Utilize stainless steel capped EPDM washers at all fastener locations.

3.3 SHEET METAL FLASHINGS

A. Provide sheet metal extension ductwork, stainless steel, aluminum or galvanized as specified herein and as required, to match the existing sheet metal systems. Refer to the publication, "Copper and Common Sense" by Revere Copper and Brass and all recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association concerning methods and materials to be used in the fabrication and construction of sheet metal flashings.

B. Ductwork shall be crimped and riveted to prevent displacement associated with unit vibration.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 261000 - Temporary Mechanical-Electrical Disconnects.docx



LIGHTNING PROTECTION 264100 - 1 of 8

SECTION 264100

LIGHTNING PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL




A. Section 024100 – Selective Demolition B. Section 075400 – Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing C. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim D. Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical / Electrical Disconnects


A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications and in accordance with good construction practice.

B. Review existing lightning protection system on roof and test system to confirm all grounds are in operation.

C. Remove and store existing lightning protection cables to allow the roof system to be replaced. Coordinate the activities with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING, and Section 076200 – SHEET METAL FLASHINGS AND TRIM.

D. Remove and reinstall air terminals affected by the work including, but not limited to, the existing roof penetrations, roof-top units (RTUs), and sheet metal flashings designated to be removed. Coordinate flashing materials with the Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING.

E. Re-secure the existing lightning cable to the new roof system as required to remove and replace the roof system, as indicated in these specifications and drawings.

F. Contractor shall extend lightning protection coverage to the new, portable guard rails.

G. Provide bimetallic fittings between existing dissimilar materials.




H. Should damage units be encountered during the removal process, notify the owner/engineer prior to disconnection and replace with Owner’s approval. Refer to Section 012200 – UNIT PRICES for Additional information.

I. During removal operations, the Contractor is responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and run-off resulting from the work. The Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent surfaces, site fixtures or personal property. Specific attention is drawn to the use of chemicals and cleaners.

J. Clean all surfaces where renovations are performed.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS


B. The Contractor is cautioned to take all necessary precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.

C. The lightning protection work shall be coordinated with the roof work in such a manner that traffic on the new roof system is reduced.

D. The lightning protection work shall be performed by licensed, and U.L. Certified electrician.

E. Re-verification of the system shall be from the roof level, up. Confirmation of the systems continuity and grounding will be required.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit project literature and samples for the items listed in this section in accordance with Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: 1. Isometric and plan views showing layout and connections to the required

metal surfaces. 2. Show the methods of mounting the system to the adjacent construction.

B. Qualifications: Submit proof that the installer of the lightning protection system has had suitable and adequate experience installing other lightning protection systems and is capable of installing the system as recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment.

C. Certifications: Two weeks prior to final inspection, deliver to the Engineer four copies of the certification that the installed lightning protection system has been inspected above the roof line by a UL representative and has been approved by UL without variation.




D. Permits: Submit copies of the electrical permits prior to performing any electrical modifications. Submit copies of the electrical inspector’s final approval and inspection of the electrical systems.

1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The issue in effect listed below (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) on the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. The publications are referenced in the text by designation only; the most current references shall be used. 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

70-99 ..............National Electrical Code (NEC) 780-97 ............Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection System

2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

96-94 ..............Standard for Lightning Protection Components 96A-94 ............Installation Requirements for Lightning Protection Systems

1.7 CONTRACTOR GUARANTEE

A. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of his work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm and sealed if a corporation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METAL COMPONENTS

A. In general, protection systems shall be made of materials that are resistant to corrosion or acceptably protected against corrosion. Combinations of materials that form electrolytic couples of such a nature that in the presence of moisture corrosion is accelerated shall not be used. One or more of the following materials shall be used: 1. Where copper is used, it shall be of the grade ordinarily required for

commercial electrical work, generally designated as being of 95-percent conductivity when annealed.

2. Where alloys of copper are used, they shall be as substantially resistant to corrosion as copper under similar conditions.

3. Where aluminum is used, care shall be taken not to use it where contact could be made with earth or anywhere it could rapidly deteriorate. Conductors shall be of electrical grade aluminum.

B. Class I materials shall be used on structures not more than 75-feet in height. Class II materials shall be used on structures over 75-feet in height. Minimum material requirements for each Type of Conductor Class are listed below:




Minimum Class I Material Requirements

Copper Aluminum Type of Conductor Standard Metric Standard Metric

Air Terminal, Solid Diameter 3/8 in. 9.5 mm 1/2 in. 12.7 mm Air Terminal, Tubular Diameter 5/8 in. 15.9 mm 5/8 in. 15.9 mm Wall Thickness 0.033 in. 0.8 mm 0.064 in. 1.6 mm Main Conductor, Cable Size ea. Strand 7 AWG 14 AWG Wgt. Per Length 187 lb/ 1000

ft. 278 g/m 95 lb/1000

ft. 141 g/m

Cross Sect. Area

57,400 CM 29 mm2 98,600 CM 50 mm2

Main Conductor, Thickness 0.051 in. 1.30 mm 0.064 in. 1.63 mm Solid Strip Width 1 in. 25.4 mm 1 in. 25.4 mm Bonding Conductor, Cable Size ea. Strand 17 AWG 14 AWG (Solid or Stranded) Cross Sect.

Area 26,240 CM 41,100 CM

Bonding Conductor, Thickness 0.051 in. 1.30 mm 0.064 in. 1.63 mm Solid Strip Width 1/2 in. 12.7 mm 1/2 in. 12.7 mm

Minimum Class II Material Requirements

Copper Aluminum Type of Conductor Standard Metric Standard Metric

Air Terminal, Solid Diameter 1/2 in. 12,7 mm 5/8 in. 15.9 mm Main Conductor, Cable Size ea. Strand 15 AWG 13 AWG Wgt. Per Length 375 lb/

1000 ft. 558 g/m 190 lb/

1000 ft. 283 g/m

Cross Sect. Area 115,000 CM

58 mm2 192,000 CM

97 mm2

Bonding Conductor, Cable Size ea. Strand 17 AWG 14 AWG (Solid or Stranded) Cross Sect. Area 26,240 CM 41,100 CM Bonding Conductor, Thickness 0.051 in. 1.30 mm 0.064 in. 1.63 mm Solid Strip Width 1/2 in. 12.7 mm 1/2 in. 12.7 mm

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. In general, an ordinary structure shall be any structure that is used for ordinary purposes whether commercial, industrial, farm, institutional, or residential. Ordinary structures not exceeding 75-feet (23 m) in height shall be protected with Class I materials. Ordinary structures greater than 75-feet. (23 m) in height shall be protected with Class II materials. If part of a structure is over 75-feet (23 m) in height (e.g., steeple) and the remaining portion does not exceed 75-feet (23 m) in height, the requirements for Class II air terminals and conductors shall apply only




to that portion exceeding 75-feet (23 m) in heights. Class II conductors from the higher portion shall be extended to ground and shall be interconnected with the balance of the system.

B. All work in this Section shall be coordinated with roof replacement work, and the installation shall not void the roof warranty.

C. The Contractor is cautioned to investigate all existing conditions and materials of construction.

D. Copper lightning protection materials shall not be installed on aluminum roofing, siding, or other aluminum surfaces.

E. Aluminum lightning protection materials shall not be installed on copper surfaces.

3.2 AIR TERMINALS

A. The tip of an air terminal shall be not less than 10-inches (254 mm) above the object or area it is to protect.

B. Air terminals shall be secured against overturning by attachment to the object to be protected or by means of braces that shall be permanently and rigidly attached to the building. An air terminal exceeding 24-inch (600 mm) in height shall be supported at a point not less than one-half its height.

C. Air terminal bases shall be secured with thermoplastic membrane as detailed. Coordinate with Section 075400 – THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING.

3.3 ZONE PROTECTION

A. At a minimum, the zone protection used at the site shall include the following strike termination locations: 1. Strike termination devices shall be placed at or within 2-feet of edges and

outside corners of the flat roofs. 2. Strike termination devices shall be placed at intervals not exceeding 20-feet

(6 m). 3. Strike termination devices 24-inches (600 mm) or more above the object or

area to be protected shall be permitted to the placed at intervals not exceeding 25-feet (7.6 m).

4. Flat roofs that exceed 50-feet (15 m) in width or length shall have additional strike termination devices located at intervals not to exceed 50-feet (15 m) on the flat areas.

3.4 REINSTALLATION

A. The Contractor shall survey the existing conductors and reuse where applicable. Reinstall the existing conductors as inconspicuously as practical and with the proper bends.




B. Make connections of dissimilar metal with bimetallic type fittings to prevent electrolytic action.

C. Use the exothermic welding type connections which form solid metal joints in the main vertical and horizontal conductors, and for connections that are not exposed in the finish work.

D. Protect copper conductors with stiff copper or brass tubing, which enclose the conductors from the top to the bottom of the tubing, between 300 mm (one foot) below and 2100-mm (seven feet) above the finished grade.

E. Sheath copper conductors, which pass over cast stone, cut stone, architectural concrete and masonry surfaces, with not less than a 2-mm (1/6 inch) thickness of lead to prevent staining of the exterior finish surfaces.

F. Connect exterior metal surfaces, located within 900-mm (three feet) of the lightning protection system conductors, to the lightning protection system conductors to prevent flashovers.

G. Weld or bond the non-electrically–continuous sections together and make them electrically-continuous.

H. Verify the electrical continuity by measuring the ground resistance to earth at the ground level, at the top of the building or stack, and at intermediate points with a sensitive ohmmeter. Compare the resistance readings.

I. Connect the air terminals together with an exterior conductor connected to the structural steel framework at not more than 18000-mm (60 foot) intervals.

J. Install ground connections to earth at not more than 18000-mm (60 foot) intervals; unless they penetrate the roof system.

K. Weld or braze bonding plates, not less than 200-mm (eight inches) square, to cleaned sections of the steel and connect the conductors to the plates.

L. Do not pierce the structural steel in any manner. Connections to the structural steel shall conform to the UL Publication No. 96A.

M. When the lightning protection systems have been installed, the Contractor shall have the systems inspected by a UL representative.

N. Where the new lightning protection system is connected to an existing lightning protection system without a UL master label, the new portion of the lightning system still requires inspection and labels as specified above for new work.




3.5 CORROSION PROTECTION

A. Precautions shall be taken to provide the necessary protection against any potential deterioration of any lightning protection component due to local conditions. Copper components installed within 24-inch (600 mm) of the top of the chimney or vent emitting corrosive gases shall be protected by a hot-dipped lead coating or equivalent.

3.6 CLEAN-UP

A. All floor and adjacent areas, both interior and exterior, damaged or stained by the installation of the lightning protection work shall be repaired and cleaned of all dust, debris and any other materials to the Owner's satisfaction.


I:\834820\02 Design\specs\834820 Upton Police Station - 264100 - Lightning Protection.docx